Chevrolet | 1996 | Owner's manual | Chevrolet 1996, 1996 Monte Carlo, Monte Carlo 1996 Owner's manual

MONTE
t
CARLO
NE
C H E V R 0L E T
d>
The 1996 Chevrolet Monte Carlo Owner’s Manual
.............................................................
FeaturesandControls ..................................................................
This section explains how to start and operate your Chevrolet.
Comfort Controls and Audio Systems .....................................................
SeatsandRestraintSystems
1-1
This section tells you how to use your seats and safety belts properly. I t also explains the air bag system.
2-1
3-1
This section tells you how to adjust the ventilation and comfort controls and how lo operate your
audio system.
YourDrivingandtheRoad ..............................................................
4-1
Here you’ll find helpful information and tips about the road and how to drive under different conditions.
ProblemsontheRoad
..................................................................
5-1
This section tells you what to do if you have a problem while driving, such as a tlat tire o r overheated
engine, etc.
............................................................
Maintenanceschedule ..................................................................
This section tells you when to perform vehicle maintenance and what fluids and lubricants to use.
CustomerAssistanceInformation ........................................................
ServiceandAppearanceCare
6-1
Here the manual tells you how to keep your Chevrolet running properly and looking good.
7-1
8-1
This section tells you how to contact Chevrolet forassistance and how to get service and owner publications.
It also gives you information on “Reporting Safety Defects” on page 8-8.
Index
................................................................................
9-1
Here‘s an alphabetical listing of almost every subject in this manual. You can use it t o quickly find
something you want to read.
i
We support voluntary
technician certification.
Wml
CHEVROLET
GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem,
CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem and the
name MONTE CARLO areregistered trademarks of
General Motors Corporation.
This manual includes the latest information at the time it
was printed. We reserve the right to make changes in the
product after that time without further notice. For
vehicles first sold in Canada, substitute the name
“General Motors of Canada Limited” for Chevrolet
Motor Division whenever it appears in this manual.
Please keep this manual in your Chevrolet, so it will be
there if you ever need it when you’re on the road. If you
sell the vehicle, please leave this manual in it so the new
owner can use it.
WE SUPPORT
VOLUNTARY TECHNICIAN
CERTIFICATION THROUGH
National Institute for
AUTOMOTIVE
SERVICE
EXCELLENCE
For Canadian OwnersWho Prefer a
French Language Manual:
Aux propriktaires canadiens: Vous pouvez vous
procurer un exemplaire de ce guide en franCais chez
votre concessionaire OLI au:
DGN Marketing Services Ltd.
1500 Bonhill Rd.
Mississauga, Ontario L5T I C7
Litho in U.S.A.
Part No. 10273392 B First Edition
ii
0
Copyright General Motors Corporation 1995
All Rights Reserved
W e l c o m e to the largest
automotive
family
backed by a proud historyof
That kind of reception from
auto ownersis unmatched by
in performance
the
and
value.
Since
world -- the family of Chevrolet
the first “Classic Six” rolled
off the
any other car manufacturerin
owners. You have selected a
line in 1912, more than 110 million
the world.
vehicledesigned,engineeredandChevroletcarsandtruckshave
crafted by teamwork, a vehicle
The Chevrolet blendof
worn the Chevrolet marque.
I
F
Louis Clzevrolet, the other I z a l f oftlze teum,
at the wheel of lzis experirnentcrl “Classic*
Six, which entered production ii7 1912.
”
value and performance has
become an American
Every decade, Chevrolet
tradition -- whether bred for the
has reinforced its heritage
racetrack like the legendary
of affordable performance
Corvette and Camaro, or
with quality and value crafted
created for the pleasure of the
into each vehicle. It's not
open road.
surprising that for 80 'years
ownership
I
I
white
and
iv
I n 1932 Chevrolet
introduced the
Synchro-Mesh
transmission
offered u host of
uccessories -- including
such n.iceties us a clock!
I
I
of your
The legacy qf Anm-ica's
jkvorite
sportscur
began in. I953, when 3 I 9 hand-assembled
Corvettes
launched
first use of a
body
Jiberglass
in
a production car:
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Chevrolet an enjoyable and
...j.:
I
I
I
rewarding experience.,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Jim Perkins,
General Manager
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
60 S uutomotive excitement
included Chevrolet lundmarks
like the Corvette Sting Ruy,
the sporty Camaro, and
powerplants like the
legendmy 327 V8.
V
How to Use This Manual
Many people read their owner’s manual from beginning
to end when they first receive their new vehicle.If you do
this, it .will help you learn about the features and controls
for your vehicle. In this manual, you’ll find thatpictures
and words worktogether to explain things quickly.
Index
A good place to look forwhat you need is the Index in
the backof the manual.It’s an alphabetical listof all
that3 in the manual, and the page
number where you’ll
find it.
Safety Warnings andSymbols
These m.ean thereis something that .could hurt
you or other people.
In the caution area,
we tell you what the hazard is. Then
we tellyou what to do to help avoidor reduce the
hazard. Please read these cautions.
If you don’t, you or
others could be hurt.
1
1 You will also finda circle
with a slash throughit in
this book. This safety
symbol means “Don’t,”
“Don’t do this,” or“Don’t
let thishappen.”
You will find a number of safety cautionsin this book.
We use a box and the wordCAUTION to tellyou
about thingsthat could hurtyou if youwere to ignore
q e warning.
I
vi
I
Vehicle Damage Warnings
Also, in this book you will find these notices:
I NOTICE:
r
~~
~~
These mean there is something that could
damage your vehicle.
In the notice area, we tell you about something that can
damage your vehicle. Many times, this damage would
not be covered by your warranty, and it could be costly.
But the notice will tell you what to do to help avoid
the damage.
When you read other manuals, you might see
CAUTION and NOTICE warnings in different colors or
in different words.
You’ll also see warning labels on your vehicle. They use
the same colors, and the words CAUTION or NOTICE.
1
"-
hide Symbols
Ihese are some of the symbols you may find on your vehicle.
For example,
these symbols
are used on an
original battery:
CAUTION
POSSIBLE
INJURY
These symbols
are important
for you and
your passengers
whenever your
vehicle is
driven:
A
DOOR LOCK
UNLOCK
PROTECT
EYES BY
SHIELDING
I
CAUSTIC
I
BURNS
AVOID
SPARKS OR
FLAMES
1
SPARK OR
FLAME
COULD
EXPLODE
BATTERY
ii
These symbols
are on some of
your controls:
These symbols
are used on
warning and
indicator lights:
WINDSHIELD
WIPER
TURN
SIGNALS
COOLANT
TEMP
e
BATTERY
CHARGING
SYSTEM
WINDSHIELD
DEFROSTER
FASTEN
SEAT
BELTS
BRAKE
COOLANT
POWER
WINDOW
,111,
These symbols
have to do with
your lights:
..
DAYTIME .
RUNNING *
LAMPS
FOG LAMPS
0
$0
WINDOW
DEFOGGER
ENGINE OIL
PRESSURE
VENTILATING
FAN
ANTI-LOCK
BRAKES
Here arc some
other symbols
you may see:
-I-]
FUSE
P
LIGHTER
(a)
a
HORN
SPEAKER
w,
(a)
FUEL
)tr
b
1
NOTES
~
ix
NOTES
X
0Section 1
Seats and Restraint Systems
Here you'll find information about the seats in your
Chevrolet and how to use
your safety beltsproperly.
You can also learn about some things you should
not
do with air bags and safety belts.
Seats and Seat Controls
This section tells you how to adjust
the seats and explains
reclining seatbacks, folding rear seats and head restraints.
You can lose controlof the vehicle if you try to
adjust a manual driver's seat while the vehicle is
moving. The. sudden movement could startle and
confuse you, or make you pusha pedal when you
don't want to. Adjust the driver's seat only when
the vehicle is not moving.
Lift the bar under the front
of the seatto unlock it. Slide
the seatto where you want it and release thebar. Try to
move the seatwith your body to be sure the seat
is
locked in place.
i
1-1
Driver’s 4-Way Manual Seat (Option)
Lift the handle to tilt the seat up or down.
The driver’s seat may have a bar and a handle under the
front edge of the seat. Lift the bar to unlock the seat and
slide it forward and backward.
Power Seat (Option)
Reclining Front Seatbacks
FRONT (A): Raise the frontof the seatby holding the
switch up. Hold the switch
down to lower the frontof
the seat.
CENTER (B): Move the seat forward or backward
by
holding the control to the front to
orthe back. Raise or
lower the seatby holding the controlup or down.
REAR (C): Raise the rearof the seatby holding the
switch up. Hold the switch downto lower the rearof
the seat.
Lift the lever to release the seatback, then move the
seatback to where you want it. Release -the lever to lock
the seatback in place.Pull up on the lever without pushing
on the seatback and the seatbackwill move forward.
1-3
t
But don’t have a seatback reclinedif your vehicle is moving.
Sitting in a reclined position whenyour vehicle is
in motion can be dangerous. Even if you buckle
up, your safety belts can’t do theirjob when
you’re reclined like this.
The shoulder belt can’t do itsjob. In a crash you
could go into it, receiving neckor other injuries.
The lap belt can’t do its job either. In a crash the
belt could go up over your abdomen. The belt
forces would be there, not at your pelvic bones.
This could causeserious internal injuries.
For proper protection when the vehicle is in
motion, have the seatback upright. Then sit
well
back in the seat and wear your safety belt properly.
Split Folding Rear Seat (Option)
Head Restraints
Slide the head restraint up or down so that the top of the
restraint is closest to the top of your ears. This position
reduces the chance of a neck injury in a crash.
Seatback Latches
The front seat folds forward
to let people get into the
back seat. Your seatback
will move back and forth
freely, unless you come to
a sudden stop. Then it will
lock in place.
Pull forward on the seat tab to fold the seat down. To
return the seat to its original position, push it back up
and make sure it latches.
If your vehicle is parked facing down a fairly steep hill,
the seatback may not fold without some help from you.
To fold the locked seatback forward, push the seatback
toward the rear and lift this latch. Then the seatback will
fold forward. The latch must be down for the seat to
work properly.
Safety Belts: They’re for Everyone
Your vehicle has a light that
comes on as areminder to
buckle up. (See “Safety
Belt Reminder Light’’ in
the Index.)
This part of the manual tells you how to use safety belts
properly. It also tells you some things you should not do
with safety belts.
And it explains the air bag system.
I
a CAUTION:
A
Don’t let anyone ride where he or she can’t wear
a safety belt properly. If you are in a crash and
you’re not wearing a safety belt, your injuries
can be much worse. You can hit things inside the
vehicle or be ejected from it. You can be seriously
injured or killed. In the same crash, you might
not be if you are buckled up. Always fasten your
safety belt, and check that your passengers’ belts
are fastened properly too.
I
I
In most states and Canadian provinces, the law says to
wear safety belts. Here’s why: They work.
You never know if you’ll be in a crash. If you do have a
crash, you don’t know if it will be a bad one.
A few crashes are mild, and some crashes can be so
serious that even buckled up a person wouldn’t survive.
But most crashes are in between. In many of them,
people who buckle up can survive and sometimes walk
away. Without belts they could have been badly hurt
or killed.
After more than 25 years of safety belts in vehicles,
the facts are clear. In most crashes buckling up does
matter ... a lot!
1-6
WI
-
:ty Belts Work
When you ride in or on anything, you go as fast as
it goes.
I
Put someone on it.
Take the simplest vehicle. Suppose it’sjust a seat on wheels.
1-7
Get it up to speed. Then stop the vehicle. The rider
doesn't stop.
The person keeps going until stopped by something.
In a real vehicle, it could be the windshield ...
or the instrument panel...
or the safety belts!
With safety belts, you slow down as the vehicle does.
You get more time to stop. You stop over more distance,
and your strongest bones take the forces.
That’s why
safety belts make suchgood sense.
1-9
Here Are Questions Many People Ask Q: If.1’ma good driver,,and I never drive far from
home, why should I wear safety bdts?
About Safety Belts-- and the Answers
I
A:
I be trapped in the vehicle afteran
Q: Won’t
accident ifI’m wearing a safety belt?
.5
A:
You could be -- whether you’re wearing a safety
belt or not. But
you can unbuckle a safety belt,
even if you’re upside down.And your chance of
being conscious duringand after an accident,so
you can unbuckle and get out, is
much greater if
you are belted.
You may be an excellent driver, but if you’re in an
accident-- even one thatisn’t your fault ---you and
your passengers can be hurt. Being a good driver
doesn’t protect ybu from things beyond your ’
control, such as bad drivers.
Most accidents occurwithin 25 miles (40 lun) sf
home. And the greatest number of serious injuries
and deathsOCCUT at spee.cls.of less than 40 mph
(65 W). .
,Safety belts are for everyone.
,
&= If my vehicle has air bags, why shouldI have to
wear safety belts?
A:
’
Air bags arein many vehicles today and will be in
most of them in the future.
But they are
supplemental systems only;so they work withsafety belts-- not instead of them. Everyair bag
system ever offered for sale has required theofuse
safety belts. Evenif you’re in a vehicle that has air
bags, you still haveto buckle up to get themost
protection. That’s true not only in frontal collisions,
but especially in sideand other collisions.
t
1-10
I
How to Wear Safety Belts Properly
Adults
This part is only for people of adult size.
Be aware that there are special things to know about safety
belts and children. And there are different rules for smaller
children and babies. If a child will be riding in your
Chevrolet, see the partof this manual called “Children.”
Follow those rules for everyone’s protection.
First, you’ll want to know which restraint systems your
vehicle has.
We’ll start with the driver position.
Driver Position
This part describes the driver’s restraint system.
Lap-Shoulder Belt
The driver has a lap-shoulder belt. Here’s how to wear
it properly.
1. Close and lock the door.
2 . Adjust the seat (to see how, see “Seats” in the Index)
so you can sit up straight.
3. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you.
Don’t let it get twisted.
The shoulder belt may lock if you pull the belt across
you very quickly. if this happens, let the belt go back
slightly to unlock it. Then pull the belt across you
more slowly.
4. Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks.
Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure.
If the belt isn’t long enough, see“Safety Belt
Extender” at the end of this section.
Make sure the release button on the buckle is
positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the
safety belt quickly if you ever had to.
The lap part of the belt should be worn low and snug on
the hips, just touching the thighs. In a crash, this applies
force to the strong pelvic bones. And you’d be less likely
to slide under the lap belt.If you slid under it, the belt
would apply force at your abdomen. This could cause
serious or even fatal injuries. The shoulder belt should go
over the shoulder and across the chest. Theseparts of the
body are best able to take belt restraining forces.
5 . To make the lap part tight, pull down on the buckle
end of the belt as you pull up on the shoulder belt.
The safety belt locks if there’s a sudden stop or crash, or
if you pull the belt very quickly out of the retractor.
&=
What’s wrong with this?
A
/!\ tI
I
1
You can be seriously hurt if your shoulder belt is
too loose. In acrash, you would move forward
too much, which could increase injury. The
shoulder belt shouldfit against your body.
1
A:
I
i
1
1
I
I
I
I
I
The shoulder belt is too loose. It won’t give nearly
as much protection this way.
What’s wrong with this?
f
7
A:
You can be seriously injured if your belt is
buckled in the wrong place like this. In a crash,
the belt would go up over your abdomen. The
belt forces would be there, notat the pelvic
bones. This could cause serious internalinjuries.
Always buckle your belt into thebuckle
nearest you.
The belt is buckled in the wrong place.
1-14
-
&=
What’s wrong with this?
You can be seriously injured if you wear the
shoulder belt under your arm. In a crash, your
body would movetoo far forward, which would
increase the chance of head and neck injury.
Also, the belt would apply too much force to the
ribs, which aren’t as strong as shoulder bones.
You could also severely injure internal organs
like your liver or spleen.
1
A:
The shoulder belt is worn under the arm. It should
be worn over the shoulder at all times.
x
xu
What's wrong with this?
You can be seriously injuredby a twisted belt. In
a crash, you wouldn't have the full width of the
belt to spread impact forces. If a belt is twisted,
make it straight so it canwork properly, orask
your dealerto fix it.
'A
I .
A:
The belt is twisted across the body.
1-16
Air Bag System
This part explains theair bag system.
Your Chevrolet has two airbags -- one air bag for the
driver and another air bag for the right front
passenger.
Here are the most important things to know about the air
bag
system:
.
,
You can be severelyinjured or killed in a crashif
you aren’t wearing your safety belt even if you
have an air bag. Wearing your safety belt
during a
crash helps reduce your chance
of hitting things
inside the vehicle or being ejectedfrom it. The air
bag is only a “supplemental restraint.” That is,’it
works with safety beltsbut doesn’t replace them.
Air bags are designed to work only in moderateto
severe crashes where
the front of your vehicle hits
something. They aren’t designed to inflate
at all in
rollover, rear, side or low-speed frontal crashes.
Everyone in your vehicje, including
the driver,
should wear a safety belt properly whether or
not there’san air bag for thatperson.
--
To unlatch the belt, just push the button on the buckle.
The belt shouldgo back outof the way.
Before you close thedoor, be sure the belt is out
of the
way. If you slam the door onit, you can damage both the
belt and your vehicle.
--
1-17
A C”
There is an airbag readiness
light on the instrument
panel, which shows
AIR BAG or the
air bag symbol.
I:
Air bags inflate with great force, faster than the
blink of an eye. If you’re too close to an inflating
air bag, it could seriously injure you. Safety belts
help keep you in position for an airbag inflation
in a crash. Always wear your safety belt, even
with an airbag. The driver should sit asfar back
as possible whilestill maintaining control of
the vehicle.
An inflating air bag can seriously injure small
children. Always secure children properly in your
vehicle. To read how, see the part of this manual
called “Children” and the caution label on the
right frontpassenger’s safety belt.
AIR BAG
~~~~~~~
~
~
~
~
The system checks the air bag’s electrical system for
malfunctions. The light tells you if there is an electrical
problem. See “Air Bag Readiness Light’’ in the Index
for more information.
How the Air Bag System Works
:nt
The right front passenger’s air bag
is in the instrume
panel on the passenger’s side.
Where is the air bag?
The driver’s air bag is in the middle of the steering wheel.
1-19
Don’t put anythingon, or attach anything to,
the steering wheelor instrument panel. Also,
don’t put anything (suchas pets or objects)
between any occupant and the steering wheel or
instrument panel. If somethingis between an
occupant and anair bag, it could affect the
performance of the air bag or worse, it could
cause injury.
--
it can be somewhat above or below this range. If your
vehicle strikes something that will move or deform, such
as a parked car, the threshold level will be higher. The
air bag is not designed to inflate in rollovers, side
impacts or rear impacts, because inflation would not
help the occupant.
In any particular crash, no one can say whether an air
bag should have inflated simply because of the damage
to a vehicle or because of what the repair costs were.
Inflation is determined by the angle of the impact and
the vehicle’s deceleration. Vehicle damage isonly one
indication of this.
What makes an air bag inflate?
When should anair bag inflate?
The air bag is designed to inflate in moderate to severe
frontal or near-frontal crashes. The air bag will inflate
only if the impact speed is above the system’s designed
“threshold level.” If your vehicle goes straight into a
wall that doesn’t move or deform, the threshold level is
about 9 to 15 mph (14 to 24 k m h ) . The threshold level
can vary, however, with sneci. vehicle design, so that
In a frontal ornear-frontal impact of sufficient severity,
the air bag sensing system detects that the vehicle is
suddenly stopping as a result of a crash. The sensing
system triggers a chemical reaction of the sodium azide
sealed in the inflator. The reaction produces nitrogen
gas, which inflates the air bag. The inflator, air bag and
related hardware are all part of the air bag modules
packed inside the steering wheel and in the instrument
panel i n front of the right front passenger.
How does an air bag restrain?
A CAU-ION:
In moderate to severe frontal or near-frontal collisions,
even belted occupants can contact the steering wheel or
the instrument panel. The air bag supplements the
protection provided by safety belts. Air bags distribute
the force of the impact more evenly over the occupant’s
upper body, stopping the occupant more gradually. But
bags would not help you in many types of collisions,
including rollovers, rear impacts and side impacts,
primarily because an 0ccupant:s motion is not toward the
air bag. Air bags should never be regarded as anything
more than a supplement to safety belts, and then only in
moderate to severe frontal or near-frontal collisions.
I
What will you see after an
air bag ‘inflates?
In many crashes severe enough to inflate
an air bag,
windshields are brokenby vehicle deformation.
Additional windshield breakagemay also occur from
the right front passenger’sair bag.
After the air bag inflates,
it quickly deflates. This occurs
so quickly that some peoplemay not even realizethe air
bag inflated. Some components
of the airbag module in
the steering wheelhub for the driver’s air
bag, or the
instrument panel for the right front
passenger’s bag, will
be hot for a shorttime. The part of the bag that comes
into contact withyou may be warm, but it will neverbe
too hot to touch. There will be some smokeand dust
coming fromvents in the deflated air bags.Air bag
inflation will not prevent the driver
fram seeing or from
being ableto steer the vehicle, nor will it stop people
from leaving the vehicle.
When an air bag inflates, there
is dust in theair.
This dust could cause breathing problems for
people with a history
of asthma or other
breathing trouble.To avoid this, everyone in the
vehicle should get outas soon as it is safe to doso.
If you have breathing problems but can’t get out
of the vehicle after an air bag inflates, then get
fresh air by opening a window or door.
The air bags are designedto inflate only once. After
they inflate,you’ll need some new parts for yourair
bag system. If you don’t get them, theair bag system
won’t be there to help protectyou in another crash.
A new system will include air bag modules and
possibly other parts. The service manual for
your
vehicle covers the need to replace other parts.
1-21
Your vehicle is equipped with a crash sensing and
diagnostic module, which records information about
the air bag system.The module records information
about the readiness of the system, when the sensors are
activated and driver’s safety belt usage at deployment.
Let only qualified technicians work on your air bag
system. Improper service can mean that your air bag
system won’t work properly. See your dealer
for service.
Servicing Your Air Bag-Equipped Chevrolet
Air bags affect how your Chevrolet should be serviced.
There are parts of the air bag system in several places
around your vehicle. You don’t want the system to
inflate while someone is working on your vehicle. Your
Chevrolet dealer and the Monte CarloService Manual
have information about servicing your vehicle and the
air bag system. To purchase a service manual, see
“Service and Owner Publications’’ in the Index.
NOTICE:
If you damage the cover for the driver’s or the
right frontpassenger’s air bag, they may not
work properly. You may have to replace the air
bag module in the steeringwheel or both the air
bag module and the instrumentpanel for the
right frontpassenger’s air bag. Do not open or
break theair bag covers.
For up to10 seconds after theignition key is
turned off and the batteryis disconnected, an air
bag can still inflate during improperservice. You
can be injured if you are close to an airbag when
it inflates. Avoid wires wrapped with yellow tape
or yellow connectors. They are probably part of
the air bag system. Be sure tofollow proper
service procedures, and make sure theperson
performing work for you is qualified to doso.
The air bag system does not need regular maintenance.
1-22
Safety belts work for everyone, including pregnant
women. Like all occupants, they are more likely to be
seriously injured if they don’t wear safety belts.
The best way to protect the fetus is t o protect the
mother. When a safety belt is worn properly, it’s more
likely that the fetus won’t be hurt i n a crash. For
pregnant women, as for anyone,the key to making
safety belts effective is wearing them properly.
Right
n
mont Passc .gerP
it’
The right front passenger’s safety belt works the same
way as the driver’s safety belt. See “Driver Position,’’
earlier in this section.
When the shoulder belt is pulled out all the way, it will
lock. If it does, let it go back all the way and start again.
Center Passenger Position
U
A pregnant woman should wear a lap-shoulder belt, and
the lap portion should be worn as low as possible, below
the rounding, throughout the pregnancy.
If your vehicle has a front split seat and a rear bench
seat, someone cansit in the center positions.
.
.
When you sit in a center seating position, you have a
lap safety belt, which has no retractor. To make the belt
longer, tilt the latch plate and pull it along the belt.
To make the belt shorter, pull its free end as shown until
the belt is snug.
Buckle, position and release it the same way as the lap
part of a lap-shoulder belt. If the belt isn’t long enough,
see “Safety Belt Extender” at the end of this section.
Make sure the release button on the buckle is positioned
so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly
i f you ever had to.
Rear Seat Passengers
It’s very important for rear seat passengers to buckle
up!
Accident statistics show that unbelted people in the rear
seat are hurt more often in crashes than those who
are
wearing safety belts.
Rear passengers who aren’t safety belted can
be thrown
out of the vehicle ina crash. Andthey can strike others
in the vehicle whoare wearing safety belts.
Rear Seat Outside Passenger Positions
U
Lap-Shoulder Belt
The positions next to the windows have lap-shoulder
belts. Here’s how to wear one properly.
I
1. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you.
Don’t letit get twisted.
The shoulder beltmay lock if you pull the belt across
you very quickly. If this happens, let the belt
go back
slightly to unlock it. Then pull the belt across
you
more slowly.
2. Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks.
Pull up on the latch plate to make sure
it is secure.
1-25
I
When the shoulder belt
is pulled out all the
way, it will
lock. If it does, letit go back all theway and start again.
If the belt is not long enough, “Safety
see
Belt
Extender” at the end
of this section. Make sure the
release button on the buckle is positioned
so you would
be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly
if you ever
had to.
3. To make the lap part tight, pull‘down
on the buckle
end of the beltas you pull up on the shoulder part.
1-26
The lap partof the belt should be
worn low and snug on
the hips, just touching
the thighs. In a crash, this applies
force to the strong pelvic bones.
And you’d be less
likely to slide under the lap belt.
If you slid under it, the
belt would apply force atyour abdomen. This could
cause serious or even fatal injuries. The shoulder
belt
should go over the shoulderand across the chest.
These partsof the body are best able to take belt
restraining forces.
The safety belt locks if there's a sudden stop or a crash,
or if you pull the belt very quickly out of the retractor.
'A
I
CAUTION:
You can be seriously hurtif your shoulder belt is
too loose. In a crash, you would move forward
too much, which could increase injury. The
shoulder belt should fit against your body.
10
unlatch the belt, just push the button on the buckle.
1-27
Rear Safety Belt Comfort. Guides for
Children and Small Aduits
Rear shoulder belt comfort guides will provide added
safety belt comfort for-children
who have outgrown
child restraintsand for small adults.When installed-on a
shoulder belt,the comfort guide pullsthe belt away
from theneck and head.
i nere is one guide for each outside passenger position in
the rear seat.To provide added safety belt comfort for
children who have outgrown child restraints and for
smaller adults, the comfort guides
may be installed on
the shoulder belts,Here’s how to install a comfort guide
and use thesafety belt:
1. Pull the elastic cord out from between the edge
of
the seatback and the interior
body to remove the
guide from its storage clip.
1-2s
2. Slide the guide under and past the belt. The elastic
cord must be under the belt. Then, place the guide
over the belt, and insert the two edges
of the belt into
the slots of the guide.
3. Be sure that the belt isnot twisted and it lies flat.
The elastic cord must
be under the belt and the guide
on top.
1-29
Everyone 111 a vehicle needs protection! That includes
infants and all children smaller than adult size. In fact,
the law i n every state in the United States and in every
Canadian province says children up to some age must be
restrained while in a vehicle.
4. Buckle, position and release the safety belt as
described in “Rear Seat Outside Passenger Positions”
earlier i n this section. Make sure that the shoulder
belt crosses the shoulder.
To remove and store the comfort guides, just perform
these steps in reverse order. Squeeze the belt edges
together so that you can take them out from the guides.
Pull the guide upward to expose its storage clip,and
then slide the guide onto the clip. Rotate the guide and
clip inward and in between the seatback and the interior
body, leaving only the loop of elastic cord exposed.
1-30
Smaller children and babies should always be
restrained in a child or infant restraint. The
instructions for the restraintwill say whether
it is the right type and size for your child. A
very young child’ship bones are so small that a
regular belt might not stay low on the hips, as it
should. Instead, thebelt will likely beover the
child’s abdomen. In a crash, thebelt would apply
force right on the child’s abdomen, which could
cause serious or fatal injuries. So, be sure that
any child small enough for one is always properly
restrained in a child or infant restraint.
heavy you can’t hold it. For example, in a crash
at only 25 mph (40 km/h), a 12-lb. (5.5 kg) baby
will suddenly become a 240-lb. (110 kg) force on
your arms. Thebaby would bealmost impossible
to hold.
Secure the baby in an infant restraint.
Never hold a baby in your arms while riding ina
vehicle. A baby doesn’t weigh much until a
crash. During a crash a baby will become so
CAUTION: (Continued)
--
A Y L
Be sure the child restraint is designed to be used i n a
vehicle. If it is, it will have a label saying that it meets
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.
Then follow the instructions for the restraint. You may
find these instructions on the restraint itself or in a
booklet, or both. These restraints use the belt system in
your vehicle, but the child also has to be secured within
the restraint to help reduce the chance of personal injury.
The instructions that come with the infant or child
restraint will show you how to do that.
Accident statistics show that children are safer if they
are restrained in the rear rather than the front seat. We at
General Motors therefore recommend that you put your
child restraint in the rear seat.Never put a rear-facing
child restraint in the front passenger seat. Here’s why:
r A child in a rear-facing child restraint can be
seriously injured if the right frontpassenger’s
air bag inflates. This is because the back of a
rear-facing child restraint would be very closeto
the inflating air bag. Always secure a rear-facing
child restraint in the rear seat.
You may, however,secure a forward-facing child
restraint in the right frontseat. Before you secure
a forward-facing child restraint, always move the
front passenger seat asfar back as it will go. Or,
secure the child restraint in the rear seat.
I
A child m a child restraint in the center front seat
can be badly injured by the right frontpassenger
air bag if it inflates. Never secure achild restraint
in the center front
seat. It’s alwaysbetter to
secure achild restraint in the rear
seat. You may,
however, secure a forward-facing
child restraint
m the right frontpassenger seat, but only with
the seatmoved all the way back.
Wherever you install it,be sure to secure the child
restraint properly.
Keep in mind thatan unsecured child restraint can move
around in a collision or sudden stop and injure people
any child
in the vehicle. Be sure to properly secure
If your child restraint has a top strap,.it should be
restraint in your vehicle-- even when no childis in it.
anchored. If you need to have an anchor installed,you
can askyour Chevrolet dealer to put
it in for you.If you
want to install an anchor yourself, your dealer can tell
you how to do it.
.l-f
For cars firstsold in Canada, child restraints with a top
strap must be anchored according to Canadian law.
1. Put the restraint on the seat. Follow the instructions
for the child restraint.
Your dealer can obtain the hardware kit and install it for
you, or you may install it yourself using the instructions
provided in the kt.
2. Secure the child in the child restraint as the
instructions say.
3. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap and shoulder
Use the tether hardware kit available fromthe dealer.
The hardware and installation instructions were
specifically designed for this vehicle.
portions of the vehicle’s safety belt through or
around the restraint. The child restraint instructions
will show you how.
Securing a Child Restraint ina Rear
Outside Seat Position
If the shoulder belt goes in front of the child’s face or
neck, put it behind the child restraint.
U
You’ll be using the lap-shoulder belt. See the earlier part
about the top strap if the child restraint has one.
1-34
4. Buckle the belt. Make surethe release button is
positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the
safety belt quicklyif you ever had to.
5. Pull the restof the shoulder belt all theway out of
the retractorto set the lock.
1-35
Securing a Child Restraint in the Center
Rear Seat Position
n
You’ll be using the lap belt.
6. To tighten the belt, feed the shoulder belt back into the
retractor while you push down on the child restraint.
7. Push and pull the child restraint in different
directions to be sure it is secure.
To remove the child restraint, just unbuckle the vehicle’s
safety belt and let it go back all the way. The safety belt
will move freely again and be ready to work for an adult
or larger child passenger.
1-36
A child in a child restraint in thecenter front seat
can be badly injured by the right frontpassenger
air bag if it inflates. Neversecure a child restraint
in the center front seat. It’s always better to
secure a child restraint in the rear seat. You may,
however, secure a forward-facing child restraint
in the right frontpassenger seat, but only with
the seatmoved all the way back.
See the earlier part about the top strap if the child
restraint has one.
1. Make the belt as long as possible by tilting the latch
plate and pulling it along the belt.
2. Put the restraint on the seat. Follow the instructions
for the child restraint.
3. Secure the child in the child restraint as the
instructions say.
5. Buckle the belt. Make sure the release button is
positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the
safety belt quickly if you ever had to.
6. To tighten the belt, pull its free end while you push
down on the child restraint.
4. Run the vehicle's safety belt through or around the
restraint. The child restraint instructions will show
you how.
1-37
7 . Push and pull the child restraint in different
directions to be sure it is secure. If it isn’t, secure the
restraint in a different place in the vehicle and
contact the child restraint maker for their advice
about how to attach the child restraint properly.
To remove the child restraint, justunbuckle the vehicle’s
safety belt. It will be ready to work for an adult or larger
child passenger.
Securing a Child Restraint in the Right
Front Seat Position
U
1-38
Your vehicle has a right front passenger air bag. Never
put a rear-facing child restraint in this seat. Here’s why:
v1\
AUTION:
A child in a rear-facing child restraint can be
seriously injured if the right front passenger’s
air bag inflates. This is because the back of a
rear-facing child restraint would be very close
to
the inflating air bag. Always secure a rear-facing
child restraint in the rear seat.
You‘ll be using the lap-shoulder belt. See the earlier part
about the top strap if the child restraint has one.
1. Because your vehicle has a right front passenger air
bag, always move the seat as far back as it will go
before securing a forward-facingchild restraint.
(See “Seats” in the Index.)
2 . Put the restraint on the seat. Follow the instructions
for the child restraint.
3. Secure the child in the child restraint a s the
instructions say.
4. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap and shoulder
portions of the vehicle’s safety belt through or
around the restraint. The child restraint instructions
will show you how.
If the shoulder belt goes in front of the child‘s face or
neck, put it behind the child restraint.
5 . Buckle the belt. Make sure the release button is
positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the
safety belt quickly if you ever had to.
6. Pull the rest of the shoulder belt all the way out of
the retractor to set the lock.
7. To tighten the belt, feed the shoulder belt back into the
retractor while you push down on the child restraint.
8. Push and pull the child restraint in different
directions to be sure it is secure.
To remove the child restraint, just unbuckle the vehicle's
safety belt and let it go back all the way. The safety belt
will move freely again and be ready to work for an adult
or larger child passenger.
If you have the choice, a child should sit next to a
window so the child can wear a lap-shoulder belt and
get the additional restraint a shoulder belt can provide.
Accident statistics show that children are safer if they
are restrained in the rear seat. But they need to use the
safety belts properly.
Children who aren’t buckled up can be thrown out in
a crash.
Children who aren’t buckled up can strike other
people who are.
Children who have outgrown child restraints should
wear the vehicle’s safety belts.
Never do this.
Here two children are wearing the same belt. The
belt can’t properly spread theimpact forces. In a
crash, thetwo children can be crushed together
and seriously injured. A belt must be used by
only one person at a time.
1-42
Q:
What if a child is wearing a lap-shoulder belt,
but thechild is so small that theshoulder belt is
very close to thechild’s face or neck?
A:
Move the child toward the center of the vehicle, but
be sure that the shoulder belt still is on the child’s
shoulder, so that in a crash the child’s upper body
would have the restraint that belts provide. If the
child is sitting in a rear seat outside position, see
“Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides’’ in the Index.
If the child is so small that the shoulder belt is still
very close to the child’s face or neck, you might
want to place the child in the center seat position,
the one that has only a lap belt.
~
i
Never do this.
Here a child is sitting in a seatthat has a
lap-shoulder belt, but the shoulder part is behind
the child. If the child wears the belt in this way, in
a crash the child might slide under the belt. The
belt’s force would then be applied right on the
child’s abdomen. That could cause serious or
fatal injuries.
Wherever the child sits, the lap portion of the belt
should be worn low and snug on the hips, just touching
the child’s thighs. This appliesbelt force to the child’s
pelvic bones in a crash.
Safety Belt Extender
If the vehicle’s safety belt will fasten around you, you
should use it.
But if a safety belt isn’t long enough to fasten, your
dealer will order you an extender. It’s free. When you go
in to order it, take the heaviest coatyou will wear, so the
extender will be long enough for you. The extenderwill
be just foryou, and just for the seat in your vehicle that
you choose. Don’t let someone elseuse it, and use it
only for the seat it is made to fit. To wear it, just attach it
to the regular safety belt.
Checking Your Restraint Systems
Now and then, make sure the safety belt reminder light
and all your belts, buckles, latch plates, retractors and
anchorages are working properly. Look for any other
loose ordamaged safety belt system parts. If you see
anything that might keep a safety belt system from
doing its job, have it repaired.
Torn or frayed safety belts may not protect you in a
crash. They can rip apart under impact forces.If a belt is
torn or frayed, get anew one right away.
Also look for any opened or broken air bag covers, and
have them repaired or replaced. (The air bag system
does not need regular maintenance.)
1-44
Replacing Restraint System Parts
After a Crash
If you’ve had a crash, doyou need new belts?
After a very minor collision, nothing may be necessary.
But if the belts were stretched, as they would be if worn
during a more severe crash, then you need new belts.
If belts are cut or damaged, replace
them. Collision
damage also may mean you will needto have safety belt
or seat parts repaired or replaced. New parts and repairs
may be necessary even if the belt wasn’t being used at
the time of the collision.
If an air bag inflates, you’ll need to replace air bag
system parts. See the part on the air bag system earlier
in this section.
NOTES
1-45
NOTES
1-46
0Section 2
Features and Controls
Here you can learn about the many standard and
optional features on your Chevrolet, and information
on starting, shifting and braking. Also explained are the
instrument panel and the warning systems that tell you if
everything is working properly -- and what to do if you
have a problem.
Keys
Leaving young children in a vehicle with the
ignition key is dangerousfor many reasons.
A child or others couldbe badly injured or
even killed.
They could operate power windowsor other
controls or even make the vehicle move. Don't
leave the keys in a vehicle with young children.
2-1
The ignition keys are forthe
ignition only.
The ignition keys don’t have plugs. Your Chevrolet
dealer or RoadsideAssistance has the code for
your keys.
Each plug has a codeon it that tells your dealer or a
qualified locksmith how to make extra door keys. Keep
the plugs in a safeplace. If you lose your door keys,
you’ll be able to have new ones made easily using
these plugs.
The door keys are forthe
doors and all otherlocks.
If you need a new ignition key, contact your Chevrolet
dealer who can obtain the correct key code, or, in an
emergency, call Chevrolet RoadsideAssistance at
1-800-CHEV-USA (1-800-243-8872).
I
I NOTICE:
When a new Chevrolet is delivered, thedealer removes
the plugs from the door keys and gives them to the
first owner.
2-2
Your Chevrolet hasa number of features that
can help prevent theft. But you can have
a lot
of trouble getting into your vehicle if you ever
lock your keys inside.You may even have to
damage your vehicleto get in.So be sure you
have extra keys.
I
Door Locks
I
I
Unlocked doors can be dangerous.
Passengers especially children can easily
open the doorsand fall out. When a door is
locked, the inside handle won’t open it.
Outsiders caneasily enter through an unlocked
door when you slow downor stop yourvehicle.
This may not be so obvious: You increase the
chance of being thrown out of the vehicle in a
crash if the doors aren’t locked. Wear safety belts
properly, lock your doors, and you will be far
better off whenever you drive your vehicle.
--
--
There are severalways to lock and unlock your vehicle.
From the outside, use your door key or Remote Lock
Control transmitter, if your vehicle has this option.
From the inside, push the lever to lock the door. To
unlock, pull the lever.
Power Door Locks
Press the power door lock switch to lock or unlock
all doors.
Leaving Your Vehicle
If you are leaving the vehicle, take your keys, open your
door and set the locks from inside. Then get out and
close the door.
2-3
IT your Chevrolet has this option, you can lock and
unlock your doors or unlock your trunk from up to
30 feet (9 m) away using the key chain transmitter
supplied with your vehicle.
Your Remote Lock Control transmitter operates on a
radio frequency subject to Federal Communications
Commission (FCC) Rules.
This device complies withPart 15 of the FCC Rules.
Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and
(2)This device must accept any interference received,
including interference that may cause undesired operation.
Should interference to this system occur, try this:
Check to determine if battery replacement is necessq.
See the instructions on battery replacement.
Check the distance. You may be too far from your
vehicle. This product has a maximum range.
0 Check the location. Other vehicles or objects may be
blocking the signal.
See your Chevrolet dealer or a qualified technician
for service.
Changes or modifications to this system by other than an
authorized service facility could void authorization to
use this equipment.
Press UNLOCK once to unlock the driver’s door. Press
UNLOCK again within five seconds to unlock the
passenger’s door, too. The interior lamps will come on
(see “Sustained Interior Illumination” in the Index for
more details).
To lock both doors, press DOOR. To unlock the trunk,
press the trunk symbol on the transmitter. The trunk will
only unlock if your transaxle is in PARK (P).
Matching Transmitter(s)To Your Vehicle
Each key chain transmitter is coded to prevent another
transmitter from unlocking your vehicle. If a transmitter
is lost or stolen, a replacement can be purchased through
your dealer. Remember to bring any remaining
transmitters with you when you go to your dealer. When
the dealer matches the replacement transmitter to your
vehicle, any remaining transmitters must also be
matched. Once the new transmitter is coded, the lost
transmitter,will not unlock your vehicle. Each vehicle
can haveonly two transmitters matched to it.
Battery Replacement
Under normal use, the batteries in your key chaill
transmitter should last about two years.
You can tell the batteries are weak if the transmitter
won’t work at the normal range in any location. If you
have to get close to your vehicle before the transmitter
works, it’s probably time to change the batteries.
To replace the batteries:
1. Insert a flat object like a dime into the slot on the back
of the transmitter. Gently pry apart the front and back.
2. Gently pry the batteries out of the transmitter.
3. Put the new batteries into the transmitter as shown
on the transmitter. Use DuracelP batteries, type
DL20 16, or equivalent.
4. Put the two halves back together. Make sure the
halves are together tightly so water won’t get in.
5 . Test the transmitter.
2-5
Trunk
~
It can be dangerous to drivewith the trunk lid
open because carbon monoxide (CO) gas can
come into yourvehicle. You can't see or smell
CO. It can cause unconsciousness and even death.
If you must drivewith the trunk lid open or if
electrical wiring or other cable connections must
pass through theseal between the body and the
trunk lid:
0 Make sure all windows are shut.
0 Turn the fan on your heating or cooling
system to its highest speed with the setting
on VENT. That will force outside air into
your vehicle. See "Comfort Controls'' in
the Index.
If you have air outlets on or underthe
instrument panel, open them all the way.
See "Engine Exhaust" in the Index.
2-6
Trunk Lock
To unlock the trunk from
the outside, insert the door
key and turn it. You can also
use the Remote Lock
Control transmitter, if your
vehicle has this option.
Remote Trunk Release (Option)
Press the button under
the instrument panel on
the driver’s side. Your
transaxle shift lever must
be in PARK (P).
When you park your Chevrolet and open the driver’s door,
you’ll hear a chime reminding you to remove your key
from the ignition and take it with you. Always
do this.
Your steering wheel will be locked, and so will your
ignition and transaxle. And remember to lock the doors.
Parking at Night
Park in a lighted spot, close all windows and lock your
vehicle. Remember to keep your valuables out of sight.
Put them in a storage area,or take them with you.
Parking Lots
Remember that your trunk can be opened at any time
using this lock release. Be sure to lock your doors.
Theft
Tf you park in a lot where someone will be watching
your vehicle, it’s best to lock it up and take your keys.
But what if you have to leave yourignition key? What if
you have to leave somethingvaluable in your vehicle?
0
Put your valuables in a storage area, like your trunk
or glove box.
Vehicle theft is big business, especially insome cities.
Although your Chevrolet has a number of theft-deterrent
features, we know that nothing we put on can
it make it
impossible to steal. However, thereare ways you can help.
0
Lock all the doors except the driver’s.
Key in the Ignition
0
Then take the door key with you.
If you leave your vehicle with the keys inside, it’s an
easy target for joy riders or professional thieves -- so
don’t do it.
Lock the glove box.
[email protected]
Your vehicle is equipped
with the PASS-Key I1
(Personalized Automotive
Security System)
theft-deterrent system.
PASS-Key IT is a passive
theft-deterrent system.
It works when you insert
or remove the key from
the ignition.
PASS-Key I1 uses a resistor pellet in the ignition key
that matches a decoder in your vehicle.
When the PASS-Key TI system senses that sonleone is
using the wrong key, it shuts down the vehicle’s starter and
2-8
fuel systems. For about three minutes, the starter
won’t
work and fuel won’t go to the engine. If someone tries to
start your vehicle againor uses another key during this
time, the vehicle will not stcart. This discourages someone
from randomly trying different keys with different resistor
pellets in an attempt to make a match.
The ignition key must be clean and dry before it’s
inserted in the ignition or the engine may not start. If the
engine does not start and the SECURITY light is on, the
key may be dirty or wet. Turn the ignition off.
Clean and dry the key. Wait about three minutes and try
again. The SECURITY light may remain on during this
time. If the starter still won’t work, and the key appears
to be clean and dry, wait about three minutes and try
another ignition key. At this time, you may also want to
check the fuses (see “Fuses and Circuit Breakers” in the
Index). If the starter won’t work with the other key, your
vehicle needs service. If your vehicle does start, the first
ignition key may be faulty. See your Chevrolet dealer or
a locksmith who can service the PASS-Key 11.
If you accidentally use akey that has a damagedor
missing resistor pellet,the starter won’t work, and the
SECURITY light will come on. But
you don’t have to
wait three minutes before trying another ignition
key.
See your Chevrolet dealer or a locksmith
who can
service thePASS-Key I1 to have anew key made.
If you’re ever driving andthe SECURITY light comes
on and stays on, you will be able to restart your engine
if you turn it off. Your PASS-Key I1system, however,
is not working properly and must be serviced
by your
Chevrolet dealer. Your vehicle is not protectedby the
PASS-Key II system.
If you lose or damagea PASS-Key I1 ignition key, see
your Chevrolet dealer or a locksmith
who can service
PASS-Key I1 to have anew key made. In an emergency,
call the Chevrolet Roadside Assistance Program
at
1-800-CHEV-USA (1-800-243-8872).
New Vehicle “Break-In”
NOTICE:
Your modern Chevrolet doesn’t need an
elaborate “break-in.” But it will perform better
in the long run if you followthese guidelines:
0 Don’t drive at any one speed
fast or
slow for the first 500 miles (804 km).
Don’t make full-throttle starts.
0 Avoid making: hard stops for the first
200 miles (322 km) or so. During thistime
your new brake linings aren’t yet broken
in. Hard stops with new linings can mean
premature wear and earlier
replacement.
Follow this breaking-inguideline every
time you get new brake linings.
0 Don’t tow a trailer duringbreak-in. See
“Tdwing a Trailer” in theIndex for more
information.
--
--
I
I
1
2-9
your ignition, steering wheel and transaxle.
It’s a
theft-deterrent feature.
Ignition Switch
C
OF” (C): This position letsyou turn off the engine but
still turn the steering.wheel. It doesn’t lock the steering
wheel likeLOCK. Use OFF if you must have your
vehicle pushedor towed.
RUN (D): This position is where the key returns after you
start your vehicle. With the engine off, you can useRUN
to display some of your warning and indicator lights.
START (E): This position startsyour engine.
warning chime will sound
if you open the driver’s
door when the ignition is OFF,
in LOCK orACC and
the keyis in the ignition.
A
With the ignition key in the ignition switch,
you can turn
the switch tofive positions:
ACC (A): This position letsyou use things likethe
radio and windshield wipers
when the engine isoff. To
use ACC (Accessory), pushin the key andturn it toward
you. Your steering wheel will stay locked.
LOCK-(B): Before you put the key into the ignition
switch, the switch is in LOCK.
It’s also the only position
in whichyou can remove yourkey. This position locks
2-10
NOTICE:
If your key seems stuck in LOCK andyou can’t
turn it, be sureit is all theway in. If it is, then
turn thesteering wheel left and rightwhile you
turn the key hard. Butturn the key only with
your hand. Using a tool to force it could break
the key or the ignition switch. Ifnone of this
works, then your vehicle needs service.
9L- ----2
-
- --- --
--- -
Move your shift leverto PARK (P) or NEUTRAL (N).
Your engine won’t start in any other position -- that’s a
safety feature. To restart when you’re already moving,
use NEUTRAL (N) only.
2. If your engine won’t start (or starts but then stops),
it could be flooded with too much gasoline. Try
pushing your acceleratorpedal all the way to the
floor and holding it there as you hold the key in
START for up to 15 seconds. This clearsthe extra
gasoline from the engine.
NOTICE:
Don’t try to shiftto PARK (P) if your Chevrolet is
moving. If you do, you coulddamage the transaxle.
Shift toPARK (P) only whenyour vehicle isstopped.
1. Without pushing the accelerator pedal, turn your ignition
key to START. When theengine starts, let go of the key.
The idle speed will go down as your engine gets warm.
NOTICE:
Holding your key in START for longer than
15 seconds at a time will cause your battery tobe
drained much sooner. And the excessive heat can
damage yourstarter motor.
Your engine is designed to work with the
electronics in your vehicle. If you add electrical
parts oraccessories, you couldchange the way
the engine operates. Before adding electrical
equipment, check with your dealer. If you don’t,
your engine might not perform properly.
If you ever have to have your vehicle towed, see
the part of this manualthat tells how to do it
without damaging your vehicle. See “Towing
Your Vehicle” in theIndex.
Engine Coolant Heater (Option)
In very cold weather,
0°F (- 1S’C) or colder,
the enginecoolant
heater can help. You’ll
get easierstarting and
better fuel economy
during engine warm-up.
Usually, the coolant heatershould be plugged in a
minimum of four hours prior to starting your vehicle.
To Use the Coolant Heater
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Open the hood and unwrap the electrical cord.
3. Plug it into a normal, grounded 1 10-volt AC outlet.
2-12
’ .A
CAUTION:
1
-
-
-+*
,
Plugging the cord into an ungrounded outlet
could cause an electrical shock. Also, the wrong
kind of extension cord could overheat and cause
a fire. You could beseriously injured. Plug the
cord intoa properly grounded three-prong
110-volt AC outlet. If the cordwon’t reach,
use a heavy-duty three-prong extension cord
rated for at least 15 amps.
4. After you’ve used the coolant heater, be sure to store
the cord as it was before to keep it away from moving
engine parts. If you don’t, it could be damaged.
How long should you keep the coolant heater plugged
in? The answer depends on the outside temperature, the
kind of oil you have, and some other things. Instead of
trying to list everything here, we ask that you contact
your Chevrolet dealer in the area where you’ll be
parking your vehicle. The dealercan give you the best
advice for that particular area.
Automatic Transaxle Operation
-I
Your automatic transaxle may have a shift lever on the
steering columnor on the console between the seats.
Maximum engine speed is limited on automatic
transaxle vehicles, when you’re in PARK (P) or
NEUTRAL (N), to protect driveline components from
improper operation.
There are several different
positions for your shiftlever.
PARK (P): This locks yourfront wheels. It’s the best
position to use when you start your engine because your
vehicle can’t moveeasily.
-
It is dangerous toget out of your vehicle if the
shift lever is not fully in PARK (P) with the
parking brake firmly set. Your vehiclecan roll.
Don’t leave your vehicle when the engine is
running unless youhave to. ‘If you have left the
engine running, the vehicle can move suddenly.
You or others could be injured. To be sure your
vehicle won’t move, even whenyou’re on fairly
level ground, always set your parking brake and
move the shiftlever to PARK (P).
See (‘ShiftingInto PARK (P)” in theIndex. If
you’re pulling a trailer, see “Towinga Trailer” in
the Index.
Make sure the shift lever is fully into PARK (P) range
before starting the engine. Your Chevrolet has a
brake-transaxle shift interlock. You must fully apply
your regular brakes before you can shift from PARK (P)
when the ignition is i n RUN. If you cannot shift out of
PARK (P), ease pressure on the shift lever by pushing it
all the way into PARK (P) while keeping the brake pedal
2-13
pushed down. Release the shift lever button if you
have a console shift. Then move the shift lever out of
PARK (P), being sure to press the shift lever button
if you have a console shift. See “Shifting Out of
PARK (P)” in the Index.
REVERSE (R): Use this gear to back up.
I NOTICE:
Shifting to REVERSE (R) while your vehicle is
moving forward could damage your transaxle.
Shift toREVERSE (R) only after your vehicle
is stopped.
To rock your vehicle back and forth to get out of snow,
ice or sand without damaging your transaxle, see
“Stuck: In Sand, Mud, Ice or Snow” in the Index.
NEUTRAL (N): In this position, your engine
doesn’t connect with the wheels. To restart when you’re
already moving, use NEUTRAL (N) only. Also, use
NEUTRAL (N) when your vehicle is being towed.
2-14
I
-1
Shifting out of PARK (P) or NEUTRAL (N) while
your engine is “racing” (running at high speed) is
dangerous. Unless your foot is firmly on the
brake pedal, your vehicle could move very
rapidly. You could losecontrol and hitpeople or
objects. Don’t shift out of PARK (P) or
NEUTRAL (N) while your engine is racing.
I NOTICE:
Damage to your transaxle caused by shifting out
of PARK (P) or NEUTRAL (N) with the engine
racing isn’t covered by your warranty.
AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE (0):
This position is for
normal driving. If you need more power forpassing, and
you’re:
Going less than 35 mph (55 kmk), push your
accelerator pedal about halfway down.
Going about 35 mph (55 km/h) or more, push the
accelerator pedal all the way down.
You’ll shift down to the next gear and have more power.
NOTICE:
If your vehicle seemsto start up ratherslowly,
or if it seems not to shift gears as you go faster,
something may be wrong with a transaxle system
sensor. If you drive very far thatway, your
vehicle can be damaged. So, if this happens, have
your vehicle serviced right away. Until then, you
can use SECOND (2) when you are driving less
than 35 mph (55 k d h ) and AUTOMATIC
OVERDRIVE (0)
for higher speeds.
DRIVE (D): This position is also used for normal
driving, but it offers more power and lower fuel
economy than AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE (03).
Here are sometimes you might choose DRIVE (D)
instead of AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE (0):
When driving on hilly, winding roads.
0
When towing a trailer, so there is less shifting
between gears.
When going down a steep hill.
SECOND (2): This position gives you more power but
lower fuel economy. You can use SECOND (2) on hills.
It can help control your speed as you go down steep
mountain roads, but then you would also want to use
your brakesoff and on.
NOTICE:
Don’t drive in SECOND(2) for more than 25 miles
(41 km) at speeds over55 mph (88 kmk), or you
can damage your transaxle. Use DRJYE (D)
or AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE (03)as much
as possible.
Don’t shift into SECOND (2) unless you are going
slower than 65 mph (105 km/h), or you can
damage your engine.
2-1
~~~~
FIRST (1): This position gives you even more power
(but lower fuel economy) than SECOND (2). You can
use it on very steep hills, or in deep snow or mud. If the
shift lever is put in FIRST ( l ) , the transaxle won’t shift
into first gear until the vehicle is going slowly enough.
I NOTICE:
~~~~~
To set the parking brake,
hold the regular brake pedal
down with your right foot.
Push down the parking
brake pedal with your
left foot.
~
If your front wheels can’t rotate,don’t try to
drive. This might happen if you were stuck in
very deep sand or mud or were up against a solid
object. You could damage your transaxle.
Also, if youstop when goinguphill, don’t hold
your vehicle there with only the accelerator
pedal. This could overheat and damage the
transaxle. Use your brakes or shift intoPARK (P)
to hold your vehicle in position on a hill.
2-16
Pa
To release the parking brake, hold the regular brake
pedal down with your right foot and push the parking
brake pedal with your left ,foot. When youlift your left
foot, the parking brake pedal will follow it to the
released position.
NOTICE:
Driving with the parking brakeon can cause
your rear brakes to overheat. You may have to
replace them, and you could also damage other
parts of your vehicle.
If you are towing a trailer and are parking on any hill,
see “Towing a Trailer” in the Index. That section shows
what to do first to keep the trailer from moving.
Shifting Into PARK (P)
It can be dangerous to get out of your vehicle if
the shiftlever is not fully in PARK (P) with the
parking brakefirmly set. Your vehiclecan roll.
If you have left the engine running, thevehicle
can move suddenly. You or others could be
injured. To be sure yourvehicle won’t move, even
when you’re on fairly level ground, use the steps
that follow. If you’re pulling a trailer, see
“Towing a Trailer” in the Index.
2-17
.
~. -
-
Column Shift
r
1. Hold the brake pedal down with your right foot and
set the parking brake.
2. Move the shift lever into PARK (P) position like this:
0
Move the lever up as far as it will go.
3. Move the ignition key to LOCK.
4. Remove the key and take it with you. If you can
leave your vehicle with the ignition key in your
hand, your vehicle is in PARK (P).
0
2-18
Pull the lever toward you.
Console Shift
1. Hold the brake pedal downwith your right foot and
set the parking brake.
Leaving Your Vehicle With the
Engine Running
2. Move the shift lever intoPARK (P) position like this:
Hold in the button on the
lever, and push the lever all
the way toward the frontof
your vehicle.
3. Move the ignition key to LOCK.
I
,
4. Remove the key and take it with you. If you can
leave your vehicle with the ignition key in your
hand, your vehicleis inPARK (P).
It can be dangerous to leave your vehicle with
the engine running. Your vehicle could move
suddenly if the shiftlever is not fully in PARK (P)
with the parking brakefirmly set. And,if you
leave the vehicle with the engine running, itcould
overheat andeven catch fire. You or otherscould
be injured. Don’t leaveyour vehicle withthe
engine running unless you have to.
If you have to leave your vehiclewith the engine
running, be sure your vehicle is inPARK (P) and your
parking brake is firmly set before
you leave it. After
you’ve moved the shift lever into the
PARK (P)
position, hold the regular brake pedal down. Then, see
if you can move the shift lever away from
PARK (P)
without first pulling it toward
you (or, if you have the
console shift lever, without first pushing the button).
If
wasn’t fully locked
you can, it means that the shift lever
into PARK (P).
2-19
If you are parking on a hill and you don’t shift your
transaxle into PARK (P) properly, the weight of the
vehicle may put too much force on the parking pawl in
the transaxle. You may find it difficult to pull the shift
lever out of PARK (P). Thisis called “torque lock.” To
prevent torque lock, set the parking brake and then shift
into PARK (P) properly before you leave the driver’s
seat. To find out how, see “Shifting Into PARK (P)”
in the Index.
When you are ready to drive, move the shift lever out of
PARK (P) before you release the parking brake.
If torque lock does occur, you may need to have another
vehicle push yours a little uphill to take some of the
pressure from the transaxle, so you can pull the shift
lever out of PARK (P).
Your Chevrolet has a brake-transaxle shift interlock.
You must fully apply your regular brakes before you can
shift from PARK (P) when the ignition is in RUN. See
“Automatic Transaxle Operation” in the Index.
If you cannot shift out of PARK (P), ease pressure on
the shift lever by pushing it all the way into PARK (P)
while keeping the brake pedal pushed down. Release the
shift lever button if you have a console shift. Then move
the shift lever out of PARK (P), being sure to press the
shift lever button if you have a console shift.
If you ever hold the brake pedal down but still can’t
shift out of PARK (P), try this:
1. Turn the key to OFF.
2. Apply and hold the brake until the end of Step 4.
3. Shift to NEUTRAL (N).
4. Start the engine and shift to the drive gear you want.
5. Have the vehicle fixed as soon as you can.
Parking Over Things That Burn
Engine Exhaust
A CAUTION:
Things that can burn could touch hot exhaust
parts underyour vehicle and ignite. Don’t park
over papers, leaves, dry grass or otherthings that
can burn.
Engine exhaust cankill. It contains thegas
carbon monoxide (CO), which you can’t seeor
smell. It can cause unconsciousness and death.
You might have exhaust coming in if:
Your exhaust system sounds strange or
different.
Your vehicle gets rusty underneath.
Your vehicle was damaged in a collision.
Your vehicle was damaged when driving over
high points on the road or over road debris.
Repairs weren’t done correctly.
Your vehicle or exhaust system had been
modified improperly.
If you ever suspect exhaust
is coming into
your vehicle:
Drive it only with all the windows down to
blow out any CO; and
Have your vehicle fixed-immediately.
2-21
Running Your Engine While
You’re Parked
It’s better not to parkwith the engine running. But if you
ever haveto, here are somethings to know.
Idling the engine withthe air system control
off could allowdangerous exhaust into
your vehicle (see the earlier Caution under
“Engine Exhaust”).
Also, idling in a closed-in place can let deadly
carbon monoxide (CO)into yourvehicle evenif
the fanswitch isat the highest setting. One place
this can happen is a garage. Exhaust with
CO can come in easily. NEVER park ina
garage with the engine running.
Another closed-in placecan be a blizzard.
(See “Blizzard” in the Index.)
--
2-22
--
It can be dangerous toget out of your vehicle if
the shiftlever is not fully in PARK (P) withthe
parking brakefirmly set..Your vehiclecan roll.
Don’t leaveyour vehicle whenthe engine is
running unless you have to. If you’ve leftthe
engine running, thevehicle can move suddenly.
You or others could beinjured. To be sure your
vehicle won’t move, even
whed yod’re on fairly
level ground, always set your parkingbrake and
move the shiftlever to PARK
(P).
Follow the proper steps to be sureyour vehicle won’t
move. See “Shifting Into PARK (P)” in the Index.
If you are parking on a hill andif you’re pulling a
trailerealso see “Towing a Trailer” in the Index.
On a vehicle with manual windows, use the window
crank to open and close eachwindow.
The driver’s window switch has an auto-down feature.
This switch is labeled AUTO. Tap the rear of the switch,
and the driver’s window will open a small amount.If the
rear of the switch is pressed all the way down, the
window will go all the way down.
To stop the window while it is lowering, press the front
of the switch. To raise the window, press and hold the
front of the switch.
The driver’s window controls also include alock-out
switch. PressLOCK OUT to stop frontand rear
passengers from using their window switches. The
driver can still control all the windows with the lock on.
Press the switch again for normal operation. Whenthe
orange band on the switch is showing, the passengers
can operate their windows.
’Torn
Press either horn symbol on your steering wheel to
sound thehorn.
Switches on the driver’s door armrestcontrol each of the
windows when the ignition is on. In addition, the
passenger door has a switch for its ownwindow.
Tilt Steering Wheel
Turn SignaVMultifunction Lever
A tilt steering wheel allows
you to adjust the steering
wheel before you drive. You
can alsoraise it to the
highest level to give your
legs more room when you
exit and enter the
vehicle.
To tilt the wheel, hold the steering wheel and pull the
lever.,Movg the steering wheel to a comfortable level,
then release thelever to lock thewheel in place.
.
L
I
The 'lever on the left sideof the steering column
includes yoyr:,
6 Turn Signal and Lane Change Indicator
\
0
Headlamp HigWLow Beam
0
Windshield Wipers
0
Windshield Washer
0
Cruise Control(Option)
Turn Signal and Lane Change Indicator
The turn signal has two upward (for right) and two
downward (for left)positions. These positions allow you
to signal a turn or a lane change.
To signal a turn, move the lever all the way up or down.
When the turn is finished,
the lever will retum automatically.
A
An arrow on the instrument
panel will flash in the
direction of the turn or
lane change.
To signal a lane change,just raise or lower the lever
until the arrow starts to flash. Hold it there until you
complete your lane change. The lever will return by
itself when you release it.
As you signal a turn or a lane change, if the arrow
flashes fdster than normal, a signal bulb may be burned
out and other’driverswon’t see your turn signal.
If a bulb is burned out, replace it to help avoid an
accident. If the arrows don’t go on at all when you
signal a turn, check for burned-out bulbs and check the
fuse (see “Fuses and Circuit Breakers” in the Index).
Headlamp HighLow Beam
To change your headlamps
from low beam to high
beam, or high to low, pull
the multifunction lever all
the way toward you. Then
release it. When the high
beams are on, a light on
the instrument panel also
will be on.
Windshield WiDers
‘
You control the windshield
wipers by turning the
band
marked WIPER. For a
single wiping cycle, turn the
band toMIST. Hold it there
until the wipers start, then .
let go. The wipers will stop
Heavy snow or ice can overload your wipers.
A circuit
breaker will stop them until themotor cools. Clear away
snow or ice to prevent
an overload.
Windshield Washer
At the topof the multifunction lever,there’s a paddle
with the word,PUSHon it. To spray washer fluid on the
windshield, push the paddle. Thewipers will run for
several sweepsand then either stop or return to
your
meset speed.
I
I
For steady wiping at low speed,turn the band to LO. For
high-speed wiping,turn the band further, to HI. To stop
the wipers, turn the band toOFF.
You can set thewiper speed fora long or short delay
between wipes. This can bevery useful in light rain or
snow. Turn the band to choose the delay time. The
closer to LO, the shorter thedelay.
Be sure to clear ice and
snow from thewiper blades
before using’them.If they’re frozento the windshield,
carefully loosen orthaw them. If your blades do become
damaged, get new blades or blade inserts.
2-26
In freezing weather, don’t use your washer until
the windshield is warmed. Otherwise the washer
fluid can form ice on the windshield, blocking
your vision.
Cruise Control (Option)
Cruise control can be dangerous where you
can’t drive safely at a steady speed. So,
don’t use your cruise controlon winding
roads or in heavy traffic.
Cruise control can be dangerous on
slippery roads. On such roads, fastchanges
in tire traction can cause needless wheel
spiming, andyou could lose control. Don’t
use cruise control on slippery roads.
With cruise control,you can maintain a speed of about
25 mph (40 kmdh) or more without keeping your foot on
the accelerator. This can really help on long trips. Cruise
control does not work at speeds below about 25 mph
(40 kmh).
When you apply your brakes, the cruise control shutsoff.
2-27
Resuming a Set Speed
Setting Cruise Control
I
11 you leave your cruise control switch
you’re not using cruise, you might hit a button
and go into cruise when you don’t want to. You
could be startled and even lose control. Keep
the cruisecontrol switch OFF until you want
to use it.
1. Move the cruise control switch to ON.
Suppose you set your cruise control at a desired speed
and then you apply the brake. This, of course, shuts off
the cruise control. But you don’t need to reset it.
Once you’re going about
25 mph (40 krdh) or more,
you can move the cruise
control switch from ON to
R/A (Resume/Accelerate)
for about half a second.
You’ll go right back up
to your chosen speed and
stay there.
2. Get up to the speed you want.
Increasing Speed While Using Cruise Control
There are two ways to go to a higher speed. Here’s
the first:
1. Use the accelerator pedal to get to the higher speed.
2. Push in the SET button, then release the button
and the accelerator pedal. You’ll now cruise at the
higher speed.
2-28
Here’s the second way to go to a higher speed:
Move the cruise switch from ON to R/A. Hold it
there until you get up to the speed you want, and
then release the switch.
To increase your speed in very small amounts, move
the switch to R/A for less than half a second and then
release it. Each timeyou do this, your vehicle will go
1 mph (1.6 km/h) faster.
The accelerate featurewill only work after you set the
cruise control speed by pushing the SET button.
Reducing Speed While Using Cruise Control
There are twoways to reduce your speed while using
cruise control:
Push in the SET button until you reach the lower
speed you want, then release it.
0
To slow down in very small amounts, push the SET
button for less than half a second. Each time you do
this, you’ll go 1 mph (1.6 km/h) slower.
Using Cruise Control onHills
How well your cruise control will work on hills depends
upon your speed, load and the steepness of tfie hills.
When going up steep hills, you may have to step on the
accelerator pedal to maintain your speed. When going
downhill, you may have to brake or shift to a lower gear
to keep your speed down. Of course, applyingthe brake
takes you out of cruise control. Many drivers find this to
be too much trouble and don’t use cruise control on
steep hills.
Ending Cruise Control
There are two ways to turn off the cruise control:
Step lightly on the brake pedal; OR
Move the cruise switch to OFF.
Erasing CruiseSpeed Memory
When you turn off the cruise control or the ignition, or
shift into PARK (P) or NEUTRAL (N), your cruise
control set speed memory is erased.
Passing Another Vehicle While Using Cruise Control
Use the accelerator pedal to increase your speed. When
you take your foot off the pedal, your vehicle will slow
down to the cruise control speed you set earlier.
2-29
Lamps
-g-Turn the knob to this symbol (C) to turn on the
headlamps and other operating lamps.
pf
Turn the knob to this symbol (B) to turn on the
parking and other operating lamps without the
headlamps.
Turn the knob to OFF to turn off the lamps.
A warning chime will sound when you turn the ignition
switch to OFF, LOCK or ACC with the lamps on.
"timeRu: ling Lamps (Canada Only)
The lamp controls are on the instrument panel. They
control these systems:
Headlamps
Taillamps
0 Parking Lamps
License Lamps
0 Sidemarker Lamps
0 Instrument Panel Lamps
0 Courtesy Lamps
2-30
mytime Running Lamps (DRL) can make it easier
for others to see the front of your vehicle during the
day. DRL can be helpful in many different driving
conditions, but they can be especially helpful in the
short periods after dawn and before sunset.
A light sensor on top of the instrument panel makes the
DRL work, so be sure it isn't covered.
The DRL system will make your low-beam headlamps
come on at a reduced brightness when:
0
The ignition is on,
0
The headlamp switch is off, and
0
The parking brake is released.
When the DRL are on, only your low-beam headlamps
will be on. Thetaillamps, sidemarker and other lamps
won’t be on. Your instrument panel won’t be lit
up either.
When it’s dark enough outside, your low-beam
headlamps will change to full brightness. The other
lamps that come on with your headlamps will also
come on.
When it’s bright enough outside, the regular lamps will
go out, and your low-beam headlamps change tothe
reduced brightness of DRL.
To idle your vehicle with the DRL off, set the parking
brake while the ignition is in OFF or LOCK. Then start
your vehicle. The DRL will stay off until you release the
parking brake.
As with any vehicle, you should turn on the regular
headlamp system when you need it.
Interior Lamps
Instrument Panel Brightness Control
You can brighten or dim the instrument panel lamps by
moving the dial (A). If you turn the dial all the way up,
your courtesy or interior lamps will come on.
Courtesy Lamps
When any door is opened, several lamps come on. These
lamps are courtesylamps. They make it easy for you to
enter and leave your vehicle. You can also turn these
lamps on by moving the dial near the headlamp knob
all the way up.
Some of the lamps have switches so you can turn them
on, even when the doors are closed. These lamps are
reading lamps. To avoid draining your battery, be sure
to turn off all reading lamps when leaving your vehicle.
2-31
._
Sustained Interior Illumination
Rearview Mirror Reading Lamps
Your courtesy lamps will come on and stay on for a set
time whenever you:
Open a door.
Press UNLOCK on the Remote Lock Control
transmitter (if equipped).
0
Press DOOR on the Remote Lock Control
transmitter (if equipped).
If you open a door, the lamps will stay on while it’s open
and then turn off automatically about 18 seconds after
you close it. If you don’t open a door, the lamps will
turn off after about 18 seconds, unless you pressed
UNLOCK on the Remote Lock Control transmitter. If
you pressed UNLOCK and don’t open a door, the lamps
will turn off after about 55 seconds.
Sustained interior illumination includes a featurecalled
theater dimming. With theater dimming,the lamps don’t
just turn off atthe end of the delay time. Instead, they
slowly dim during the delay time until they go out. The
delay time is cancelled if you turn the ignition key to
RUN or START, so the lamps will go out right away.
When the ignition is on, sustained interior illumination
is inactive, which means the courtesy lamps won’t
come on.
2-32
These lamps go on when you open the doors. When the doors
are closed,turn the lamps on and off with the switches.
Battery Saver
Your vehicle hasa feature to help prevent you
fiom draining
the battery,in case you accidentally leave the courtesy lamps
on. If you leave the dial turned all the way up, or if you leave
a door open, the lamps will automatically turn off after
10 minutes if the ignition is off.
This feature will not turn off the reading lamps, only the
lamps controlledby the dial. Be sureto turn off any reading
lamps using the switch before you leave the vehicle.
Mirrors
Adjust all themirrors so you can see clearlywhen you
are sittingin a comfortabledriving position.
Inside DayNight Rearview Mirror
Power Outside Mirrors
The electric mirror control
is on the driver's door. Turn
the control to the left
to
adjust the left mirror or to
the right to adjust the right
mirror. Then move the
control in the directionyou
want to'move the mirror.
To reduce glare from lamps behind you, push the lever
forward (to thenight position). To return themirror to
the day position, pull the lever towardyou.
2-33
Convex OutsideMirror
Your p;lW%ger’s side mirror is convex. A convex
mirror’s surface is curved so you can see more from the
driver’s seat.
Storage Ar---lrest
To use the storage area, fold
down the armrest. Press the
latch on the front edge
and pull up. To use the
cupholder, flip it forward.
U
A convex mirror can make things (like other
vehicles) look farther away than they really are.
If you cut too sharply into the right lane, you
could hit a vehicle on your right. Check your
inside mirror or glance over your shoulder before
changing lanes.
Storage Compartments
Glove Box
Use the door key to lock and unlock the glove box. To
open, lift the latch.
2-34
Instrument Panel Cupholder
To use this cupholder,
slide it out of the
instrument panel.
Door Storage Compartments
Convenience Net (Option)
Each of the doors has a storage compartment.
Center Console
ii,’
Your vehicle may have a conveniencenet. You’ll see it
just inside the back wall of the trunk.
To open the storage area, press the button and lift the
cover. The console has a cassette and CD storage bin
and a cupholder. To use the cupholder for large cups,
remove the insert.
Put small loads, like grocery bags, behind the net. It can
help keep them from falling over during sharp turns or
quick starts and stops.
The net isn’t for larger, heavier loads. Store theln in the
trunk as far forward as you can.
You can unhook the net so that it will lie flat when
you’re not using it.
Ashtrays and Lighter
The center frontashtray may be on the instrument panel
or on the console. To iemove the instrument panel
ashtray, open it, push down on the locking tab and pull
out the ashtray.
For the console ashtray, open the lid and lift out the
ashtray’using the snuffer.
Your vehicle may have a rear ashtray. To remove the
rear ashtray, open it, push down on the snuffer and pull
the ashtray out.
NOTICE:
Don’t put papers and otherthings that burninto
your ashtrays.If you do, cigarettes or other
smoking materials could set them on fire,
causing damage.
2-36
To use the lighter, just push it in all the way and let go.
When it’s ready, it will pop back by itself.
NOTICE:
Don’t hold a cigarette lighterin with your hand
while it is heating. If you do, it won’t be able to
back away from the heating element when it’s
ready. That can make it overheat, damaging the
lighter and theheating element.
Sun Visors
Sunroof (Option)
To block out glare, you can swing down the visors. You
can also move them from side to side.
Your sunroof includes a sliding glasspanel and a sliding
sunshade. The sunroof switch is located between the sun
visors just ahead of the sunroof and works only when
the ignition is on.
Visor .Vanity Mirrors
To open the glass panel and sunshade, press the rear of
the switch. Let go of the switch to stop thepanel in any
position. Press the frontof the switch to close the glass
panel. The sunshade can only be closed by hand.
The sunroof glass panel cannot be opened or closed if
your vehicle has an electrical failure.
Open the cover to exposethe vanity mirror. For the
driver’s mirror, slide the cover to the side. For the
passenger’s mirror, lift the cover. The lamps will come
on when you open the cover on the passenger’s visor.
2-37
Instrument Panel-- Your Information System
2-38
A.Vents
E. Audio System
B. Instrument Cluster
E Ashtray and Lighter
C. Climate ControldRear Defogger
G. Remote Trunk Release
D. Glove Box
H. Lamp Controls
Instrument Panel Cluster
Standard Cluster: United States Version Shown, Canadian Similar
Your instrument cluster is designed to let you know at a glance how your vehicle is running. You’ll know how fast
you’re going, about how much fuel is in your tank and many other things you need to drive safely and economically.
2-40
Speedometer/Odometer
Tachometer
Your speedometer lets you see your speed in both miles
per hour (mph) and kilonleters per hour (km/h). Your
odometer shows how far your vehicle has been driven in
either miles (used in the United States) orin kilometers
(used i n Canada).
I
Your Chevrolet has a tamper-resistant odometer. If
you see silver lines between the numbers, you’ll know
someone has probably tampered with it and the numbers
may not be correct.
You may wonder what happens if your vehicle needs a
new odometer installed. If the new one can be set to the
mileage total of the old odometer, then that is what will
be done. If it can’t, then it will be set at zero and a label
must be put on the driver’s door to show the old mileage
reading when the new odometer was installed.
Trip Odometer
Your trip odometer tells how far you have driven since
you last reset it. To set it to zero, press the reset button.
The tachometer displays
the engine speed in
thousands of revolutions
per minute (rpm).
x1000
I NOTICE:
Do not operate the engine with the tachometer in
the red area, or engine damage may occur.
Warning Lights, Gages and Indicators
This part describes the warning lights and gages that
may be on your vehicle. The pictures will help you
locate them.
Warning lights and gages can signal that something is
wrong before it becomes serious enough to cause an
expensive repair or replacement. Paying attention to
your warning lights and gages could also save you or
others frominjury.
Warning lights come on when there may be or is a
problem with one of your vehicle’s functions. As you
will see in the details on the next few pages, some
warning lights come on briefly when you start the
engine justto let you know they’re working. If you are
familiar with this section, you should not be alarmed
when this happens.
Gages can indicatewhen there may be or is a problem
with one of your vehicle’s functions. Often gages and
warning lights work together to let you know when
there’s a problem with your vehicle.
2-42
When one of the warning lights comes on and stays on
when you are driving, or when one of the gages shows
there may be a problem, check the section that tells you
what to do about it. Please follow this manual’s advice.
Waiting to do repairs can be costly -- and even
dangerous. So please get to know your warning lights
and gages. They’rea big help.
Safety Belt Reminder Light
When the key is turned to RUN or START, a chime will
come on for about eight seconds to remind people to
fasten their safety belts, unless the driver’s safety belt is
already buckled.
The safety belt light will
also come on and stay
on until the driver’s belt
is buckled.
Air Bag Readiness Light
There isan air bag readiness light on the instrument
panel, which shows AIR BAG or the air bag symbol.
The system checks the airbag’s electrical system for
malfunctions. The lighttells you if there is an electrical
problem. The system check includes the air bag sensors,
the air bag modules, the wiring and the crash sensing
and diagnostic module. For more information on the
air bag system, see “Air Bag” in the Index.
AIR BAG
You will see this light flash
for a few seconds when you
turn your ignition to RUN
or START. Then the light
should go out. This means
the system is ready.
Charging System Light
VOLTS
The charging system light
will come on briefly when
you turn on the ignition, as
a check to show you it’s
working. Then it should
go out.
If it stays on, or comes on while you are driving, you
may have a problem with the charging system. It could
indicate that you have a loosedrive belt or another
electrical problem. Have it checked right away. Driving
while this light is on could drain your battery.
If you must drive a short distance with the light on, be
certain to turn off all your accessories, such as the radio
and air conditioner.
If the air bag readiness light doesn’t come on when you
start your vehicle, or stays on, or comes on when you
are driving, your air bag system may not work properly.
Have your vehicle servicedright away.
2-43
Brake System Warning Light
Your Chevrolet’s hydraulic brake system is divided into
two parts. If one part isn’t working, the other part can
still work and stop you. For good braking, though, you
need both parts working well.
If the warning light comes on, there could be a brake
problem. Have your brake system inspected right away.
BRAKE
This light should come on
briefly when you turn the
ignition key to RUN. If it
doesn’t come on then, have
it fixed so it will be ready
to warn you if there’s a
problem.
If the light comes on while you are driving, pull off the
road and stop carefully. You may notice that the pedal is
harder to push. Or, the pedal may go closer to the floor.
It may take longer to stop. If the light is still on, or if the
2-44
anti-lock brake system warning light is flashing, have
the vehicle towed for service. (See “Anti-Lock Brake
System Warning Light” and “Towing Your Vehicle” in
the Index.)
A
I
Your brake system may not be working properly
if the brake system warning light is on. Driving
with the brake system warning light on can lead
to an accident. If the light is still on or if the
anti-lock brake system warning lightis flashing
after you’ve pulled off the road and stopped
carefully, have the vehicle towed for service.
When the ignition is on, the brake system warning light
will also come on when you set your parking brake. The
light will stay on if your parking brake doesn’t release
fully. If it stays on after your parking brake is fully
released, it means you have a brake problem.
Anti-Lock Brake System Warning Light
ANTI LOCK
With the anti-lock brake
system, this light will come
on when you start your
engine and it will stay
on for three seconds.
That’s normal.
If the light flashes when you’re driving, you don’t have
anti-lock brakes and there could bea problem with your
regular brakes. Pull off the road and stop carefully. You
may notice that the pedal is harder to push. Or, the pedal
may go closer to the floor. It may take longer to stop.
Have the vehicle towed for service. (See “Towing Your
Vehicle” in the Index.)
Your regular brake system may not be working
properly if the anti-lock brake system warning light
is flashing. Driving with the anti-lock brake system
warning light flashing can lead to an accident. After
you’ve pulled off the road and stopped carefully,
have the vehicle towed for service.
If the anti-lock brake system warning light stays on
longer than normal after you’ve started your engine, turn
the ignition off. Or, if the light comes on and stays on
when you’re driving, stop as soon as possible and turn
the ignition off. Then start the engine again to reset the
system. If the light still stays on, or comes on again
while you’re driving, your Chevrolet needs service. If
the light is on but not flashing and the regular brake
system warning light isn’t on, you still have brakes, but
you don’t have anti-lock brakes.
The anti-lock brake system warning light should come
on briefly when you turn the ignition key to RUN. If the
light doesn’t come on then, have it fixed so it will be
ready to warn you if there is a problem.
Anti-Lock BrakeSystem Active Light
LOW
TRAC
Engine Coolant Temperature Light
When your anti-lock system
is adjusting brake pressure
to help avoid a braking skid,
the anti-lock brake system
active light will come on.
Slippery road conditions may exist if this light comes
on, so adjust your driving accordingly. The light will
stay on for a few seconds afterthe system stops
adjusting brake pressure.
The anti-lock brake system active light also comes on
briefly when you turn the ignition key to RUN. If the
light doesn’t come on then, have it fixed so it will be
there to tell you when the system is active.
This light tells you that
your engine coolant has
overheated or your radiator
cooling fan is not working.
HOT
If you have been operating your vehicle under normal
driving conditions, you should pull off the road, stop
your vehicle and turn off the engine as soon as possible.
In “Problems on the Road,” this manual shows what to
do. See “Engine Overheating” in the Index.
Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
-loo
@
Low Coolant Warning Light
You have a gage that
shows the engine coolant
temperature. If the gage
pointer moves into the red
area, your engine is too hot!
260
LOW
If this light comes on, your
system is low on coolant
and the enginemay
overheat. See “Engine
Coolant” in the Index and
have your vehicle serviced
as soon asyou can.
That reading means the same thing as the warning light.
It means that your engine coolant has overheated.
If you
have been operating your vehicle under normal driving
conditions, you should pulloff the road, stop your
vehicle andturn off the engineas soon as possible.
In “Problems on the Road”,this manual shows what to
do. See “Engine Overheating” in the Index.
2-47
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(Service Engine Soon Light)
NOTICE:
I
SERVICE
ENGINE
SOON
Your Chevrolet is equipped
with a computer which
monitors operation of the
fuel, ignition and emission
control systems.
This system is called OBD I1 (On-Board
Diagnostics-Second Generation) and is intended
to assure that emissions areat acceptable levels .for
the life of the vehicle, helping to produce a cleaner
environment. (In Canada, OBDI1 is replaced by
Enhanced Diagnostics.) The SERVICE ENGINE SOON
light comes on to indicate that there is a problem and
service is required. Malfunctions often will be indicated
by the system before any problem is apparent, which
may prevent more serious damage to your vehicle. This
system is also designed to assist your service technician
in correctly diagnosing any malfunction.
2-48
If you keep driving your vehicle with this light
on, after a while, your emission controls
may not
work as well, your fuel economy may not
be as
good and your engine may not run as smoothly.
This could lead to costly repairs that may not be
covered by your warranty.
This light should come on, as a check to show you it is
working, when the ignition is on and the engine is not
running. If the light doesn’t come on, have it repaired.
This light will also come on during a malfunction in one
of two ways:
0
Light Flashing -- A misfire condition has been
detected. A misfire increases vehicle emissions and
may damage the emission control system on your
vehicle. Dealer or qualified service center diagnosis
and service is required.
0
Light On Steady-- An emission control system
malfunction has been detected on your vehicle.
Dealer or qualified service center diagnosis and
service may be required.
If the LightIs Flashing
If the LightIs On Steady
The following may prevent more serious damage to
your vehicle:
You may be able to correct the emission
system
malfunction by considering the following:
Reduce vehicle speed.
Did you just put fuel into
your vehicle?
0
Avoid hard accelerations.
0
Avoid steep uphill grades.
If so, reinstall the fuel cap, making sure to fully install
the cap.The diagnostic system can determine
if the fuel
off or improperly installed. This will
cap has been left
allow fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere. A few
driving trips should turn the light off.
If towing a trailer, reduce the amountof cargo being
hauled as soon as it is possible.
If the light stops flashing and remains on steady, “If
see
the Light IsOn Steady” following.
Did you just drive through a deep puddle
of water?
If the light continues to flash, whenisitsafe todo so,
stop the vehicle. Put your vehicle inPARK (P). Turn the
key off, wait at least10 seconds and restart the engine.
If the light remains onsteady, see “If the Light IsOn
Steady’’ following. If the light is still flashing follow the
previous steps, and drive the vehicle to your dealer or
qualified service center for service.
%
If so, your electrical systemmay be wet.The condition
will usually be corrected
when the electrical system
dries out. A few driving trips should
turn the lightoff.
m-e you low on fuel?
As your engine starts to run out
of fuel, your enginemay
not run as efficiently as designed since small amounts
of
air are sucked into the fuel line causing a misfire. The
system can detect this. Adding fuel should correct this
condition. Make sure to install the fuel cap
properly. It
will take a few driving trips
to turn the lightoff.
2-49
Have you recently changedbrandsl’offuel?
If so, be sure to fuelyour vehicle with quality fuel (see
“Fuel” in the Index). Poor fuel quality will cause
your
engine not to run as efficiently as designed.
You may
notice this as stalling after start-up, stalling
when
you put the vehicle intogear, misfiring, hesitation
on acceleration or stumbling on acceleration. (These
conditions may go away once the engine warmed
is
up.)
This will be detected by the system and cause the light
to turn on.
Oil Warning Light
If you have a problem with
your oil,this light may stay
on afteryou start your
engine, or come on
when
you are driving. .
OIL
If you experience this condition, change the fuel brand
you use. It will require at least one full
tank of the
proper fuel to turn the lightoff.
This indicatesthat oil is not going
through your engine
quickly enough to keep it lubricated. The engine could
If none of the above steps have made the light
turn off,
be
low on oil or could have some other oil problem.
have your dealer or qualified service center check the
away.
vehicle. Your dealer has the proper test equipment and Have it fixed right
diagnostic tools to fix any mechanical or electrical
The oil light could also come ontwo
in other situations:
problems thatmay have developed.
0 When the ignition is on but the enginenot
is running,
the lightwill come on as,a test.toshow you it is
working, but the light willgo out when you turn the
ignition toSTART. If it doesn’t come onwith the
ignition on,you may have a problem with the fuse
or bulb. Haveit fixed rightaway.
2-50
0
If you make a hard stop, the light may come on for a
moment. This is normal.
Don’t keep driving if the oil pressure is low.
If
you do, your engine can becomeso hot thatit
catches fire.You or others could be burned.
Check your oil as soon as possible and have your
vehicle serviced.
I NOTICE:
Damage to your engine from neglected oil
problems can be costly andis not covered by your
warranty.
Low Oil Level Light
LOW
OIL
Your engine is equipped
with an oil level monitoring
system. When the ignition
key is turned on, the LOW
OIL light will briefly flash.
If the light does not flash,
have it fixed so it will be
ready to warn you if there’s
a problem.
If the light stays on, stop the vehicle on a level surface
and turn the engine off. Checkthe oil level using the
engine oil dipstick. (See “Engine Oil”in the Index.)
If the light does not flash, have the low oil level sensor
system repaired so it will be ready to warn you if there’s
a problem.
The oil level monitoring system only checks oil level
during the brief period between key on and engine
crank. It does not monitor engine oil level when the
engine is running. Additionally, an oil level check is
only performed if the engine has been turned off for a
considerable period of time, allowing the oil normally in
circulation to drain back into the oil pan.
Fuel Gage
Security Light
SECURITY
This lightwill come on
when you turn thekey to
START and stay on until the
vehicle starts. Itwill also
come onand stay on if your
key is too dirty orwet for
the PASS-Key I1 system to
read the resistor pellet.
@
/" 9I /
\\
E
Your fuel gage tellsyou
about howmuch fuel you
have leftwhen the ignition
is on. When the indicator
nears EMPTY (E),you still
have a little fuel left,
but
you should get more soon.
Here are somethings owners ask about.All these
situations are normaland do not show a problemwith
your fuel gage:
If you're driving and the light comes on and remains on,
At the service station, the pump shuts
off before the
your PASS-Key I1 system is not working properly. Your
gage readsFULL (F).
vehicle isnot protected byPASS-Key 11, and you should
see your dealer.
It takes a little more or less fuel
to fill up than the
gage indicated.For example, the gagemay have
indicated the tank washalf full, but it actually took
a little more or less than
half the tank's capacity to
fill it.
If the resistor pelletis damaged or missing, the light
will flash.
The gage moves a little whenyou turn a corner or
speed up.
2-52
7
.
I
....
NOTES
2-53
NOTES
2-54
0Section 3
Comfort Controls and Audio Systems
In this section you’ll find out how to operate the comfort
control and audio systems offeredwith your Chevrolet.
Be sure to read about the particular systems supplied
with your vehicle.
Comfort Controls
Air Conditioning with Electronic Controls
With these systems, you can control the heating, cooling
and ventilation in your vehicle. The systems work best if
you keep your windows closed while using them.
3-1
Fan Knob
The knob with the fan symbol selects the force of air
you want. To turn the fan off, turn the knob to OFF.
Ten1perat.w-eControl
If your system does not have the auxiliary temperature
control option, the right knob changes the temperature
of the air coming throughthe system. Turn this knob
toward red (clockwise) for warmer air. Turn it toward
blue (counterclockwise) for cooler air.
MAX: This setting recirculates much of the air inside
your vehicle and sends it through the instrument
panel outlets.
A/C: This setting brings in outside air and directs it
through the instrument panel outlets.
+.
+ f l BI-LEVEL: This setting brings in the outside
air and directs it two ways. Half of the air is directed
through the instrument panel outlets. Most of the
remaining air is directed through the floor ducts and a
little to the defrost and side window vents.
If your system does have the auxiliary temperature control
option, the center levers change the temperature of the air
coming through the system. The DRIV lever sets the
temperature for the driverand rear seat passengers, and
the PASS lever sets the temperature for the front seat
passenger. For maximum defroster performance, set the
DRIV and PASS levers at full warm.
FLOOR: This setting sends most of the air
through the ducts near the floor. The rest comes out
of the defrost and side window vents.
Mode Knob
+fl
The left knobhas several settings to control the direction
of airflow. For each setting, set the temperature to a
comfortable setting.
+e
/J VENT This setting brings in outside air and
directs it through the instrument panel outlets.
'fl
0
w.
DEFOG: This setting allows half of the air to go
to the floor ducts and half to the defrost and side
window vents.
9DEFROST This setting directs most of the air
through the defrost and side window vents. Some of the
air goes to the floor ducts.
Air Conditioning
On very hot days, open the windows long enough to let
hot, inside air escape. This reducesthe time the
compressor has to run, which should help fuel economy.
For quick cool-down on very hot days, use MAX with
the temperature control all the way in the blue area. If
this setting is used for long periods of time, the air in
your vehicle may become too dry.
cold outside (0°F (-18°C) or lower). An engine coolant
heater warms the coolant your engine and heating
system use to provide heat. See “Engine Coolant
Heater” in the Index.
Ventilation System
For normal cooling on hot days, use A/C with the
temperature control in the blue area. The system will
bring in outside air and cool it.
On cool but sunny days, the sun may warm your upper
body, but your lower body may not be warm enough.
You can use BI-LEVEL with the temperature control in
the middle. The system will bring in outside air and
direct it to your upper body, while sending slightly
warmed air to your lower body. You may notice this
temperature difference more at some times than others.
Heating
On cold days use FLOOR with the temperature control
all the way in the red area. The systemwill bring in
outside air, heat it and send it to the floor ducts.
Adjust the direction of airflow by moving the
louvered vents.
Your vehicle’s flow-through ventilation system supplies
outside air into the vehicle when it is moving. Outside
air will also enter the vehicle when the air conditioning
fan is running.
If your vehicle has an engine coolant heater, you can use
it to help your system provide warm air faster when it’s
3-3
ilation Ti0
For mild outside temperatures when little heating or
cooling is needed, use VENT to direct outside air
through your vehicle.
0
Keep the hood and front air inlet free of ice, snow or
any other obstruction, such as leaves. The heater and
defroster will work far better, reducing the chance of
fogging the inside of your windows.
0
When you enter a vehicle in cold weather, set the
mode to FLOOR and the fan to the highest speed for
a few moments before driving off. This helps clear
the intake ducts of snow and moisture and reduces
the chance of fogging the inside of your windows.
0
Keep the air path under the front seats clear of objects.
This helps air to circulate throughout your vehicle.
Defogging and Defrosting
Your system has two settings for clearingthe front and
side windows. To defrost the windows quickly, use
DEFROST with the temperature knob(s) all the way in
the red area. To warm passengers while keeping the
windows clean, use DEFOG.
3-4
Rear Window Defogger
The rear window defogger
uses a warming grid to
remove fog from the rear
window. Press the button to
turn the defogger on.
I
It will turn itself off after about ten minutes. If you turn
it on again, the defogger will only run for about five
minutes before turning off. You can also turn it off by
turning off the ignition or pressing the button again.
Do not attach anything like a temporary vehicle license
or decal across the defogger grid.
I NOTICE:
Don’t use a razor bladeor something else sharp
on the insideof the rear window.If you do, you
could cut or damage the warming grid, and the
repairs wouldn’t be coveredby your warranty.
Audio Systems
Your DelcoB audio system has been designed to operate
easily and give years of listening pleasure. You will get
the most enjoyment out of it if you acquaint yourself
with it first. Find out what your Delco system can do
and how to operate all its controls, tobe sure you’re
getting the most out of the advanced engineeringthat
went into it.
Setting the Clock for Systems Without
Automatic Tone Control
Press SET. SET will appear on the display for five
seconds. Within five seconds, press and hold the
forward arrow on the SEEK button until the correct
minute appears. Press and hold the backward arrow on
the SEEK button until the correct hour appears.
Setting theClock for Systems with
Automatic Tone Control
Press and hold HR until the correct hour appears.Press
and hold MN until the correct minute appears.
3-5
M-FM Stereo
TUNE: Turn the lower knob to choose radio stations.
SEEK: Press the forward or reverse arrow to go to the
next higher or lower station.
SCAN: Press and hold one of the SEEK arrows, then
press the other SEEK arrow; SCAN will appear on the
display. Use SCAN to listen to stations for a few
seconds. Theradio will go to a station, stop for a few
seconds, then go on to the next station. The radio will
scan up or down the radio band, depending on the arrow
you pressed first. Press both SEEK arrows or the upper
knob to stop scanning.
PUSHBUTTONS: The four numbered pushbuttons let
you return to your favorite stations. You can set up to
14 stations (seven AM and seven FM).
VOLUME-BAL-RECALL: This knob turns the
system on and off and controls the volume. Turn the
upper knob clockwise to increase volume. Turn it
counterclockwise to decrease volume. Press the upper
knob briefly to recall the station being played or the
clock display. If you press the button when the ignition
is off, the clock will show for a few seconds.
nding St;
AM-FM: Press the lower knob to get AM or FM. The
display shows your selection.
1. Press AM-FM to select the band.
2. Find the station you want by using TUNE or SEEK.
3. Press SET until the word SET appears on the display.
4. Press and hold one of the four numbered buttons
(within five seconds).
5 . The sound will mute. When it returns, release the
button. W-henever you press that numbered button,
the station you set will return.
In addition to the four stations set as above, up to three
additional stations may be preset on each band by
pressing two adjoiningbuttons at the same time. Just:
AM-FM Stereo with CassetteTape
Player (Option)
1. Tune in the desired station.
2. Press SET.
3. Press any two adjoining pushbuttons at the same
time (within five seconds).
4. The sound will mute. When it returns, release the
buttons. Whenever you press the same buttons, the
station you set will return.
Setting theTone
BASS: Slide the lever up or down to increase or
decrease bass. Themiddle position is a detent.
TREB: Slide the lever up or down to increase or decrease
treble. The middle position is a detent. If a station is weak
or noisy, you may want to decrease the treble.
Adjusting the S.peakers
BAL: Turn the control behind the upper knob to move
the sound to the left or right speakers. The middle
position is a detent and balances the speakers.
FADE: Turn the control behind the lower knob to move
the sound to the front or rear speakers. The middle
position is a detent and balances the speakers.
Playing the Radio
VOLUME-BAL-RECALL: This knob turns the
system on and off and controls the volume. Turn the
upper knob clockwise to increase volume. Turn it
counterclockwise to decrease volume. Press the upper
knob briefly to recall the station being played or the
clock display. I f you press the button when the ignition
is off, the clock will show for a few seconds.
Finding a Station
AM-FM: Press and release the lower knob to get AM,
FM 1 or FM2. The display shows your selection.
3-7
P.SCAN: Press both SEEK arrows andPSCAN will
appear on the display. Use PSCAN to listen to each or
SEEK: Press the forward or reverse arrow to go to the
your preset stations fora few seconds.The radio will go to
next higher or lower station.
the first preset station, stopfor a few seconds, thengo on
PUSHBUTTONS: The four numbered pushbuttons let
to the next preset station(FMl and FM2). (Ifa preset
you return toyour favorite stations.You can set up to
station has weak reception,it will not stop.) Press either
21 stations (sevenA M , seven FM1, and seven FM2).
SEEK arrow, the upper knob ora preset to stop scanning.
1. Press AM-FM to select theband.
Setting theTone
TUNE: Turn the lower knob to choose radio stations.
2. Find the station you want by using TUNE orSEER.
3. Press SET until the word SET appears on the display.
4. Press and releaseone of the four numbered buttons,
within five seconds.
5. Whenever you press that numbered button,the
station you set will return.
In addition to the four stations set as above,
up to three
additional stationsmay be preset on each band
by
pressing two adjoining buttons at the same time. Just:
1. Tune in the desired station.
2. Press SET.
3. Press any two adjoining pushbuttons at the same
time (.withinfive seconds).
4. Whenever you press the same buttons, the station
you set will return.
3-8
BASS: Slide the lever up or down to increase or decrease
bass. The middle position is a detent.
TREB: Slide the lever upor down to increase or decrease
treble. The middle position is a detent. If a station is weak
or noisy, you may want to decrease the treble.
Adjusting theSpeakers
BAL: Turn the control behind the upper knob
to move
.
the sound to the left or right speakers. The middle
position isa detent and balances the speakers.
FADE: Turn the control behind the lower knob to move
the sound to the front or rear speakers. The middle
position isa detent and balances the speakers.
1
g a Ca! tte Ta
Your tape player is built to work best with tapes that are
30 to 45 minutes long on each side. Tapes longer than
that are so thin they may not work well in this player.
The longer sidewith the tape visible goes i n first. If you
hear nothing or hear just a garbled sound, it may not
be in squarely. Press EJECT to removethe tape and
start over.
While the tape is playing, use the VOLUME, FADE,
BAL, TREB and BASS controls just as you do for the
radio. Other controls may have different functions when
a tape is inserted. The display will show an arrow to
show which side of the tape is playing.
Note that cassette tape adapter kits for portable compact
disc players will not work in your cassette player. The
adapter cassettewill be ejected.
FWD: Press and release the SEEK forward arrow and
the tape will rapidly advance until you press this button
again lightly.
REV: Press and release the SEEK reverse arrow and the
tape will reverse rapidly until you press and release this
button again.
RECALL: Press this knob to hear the other sideof a
tape that is playing.
EJECT Press this button to remove the tape. The radio
will play.
CLN: This message may appear on the display. If it
does, your cassette tape player needs to be cleaned. It
will still play tapes, but you should clean it as soon as
possible to prevent damage to your tapes and player.
See “Care of Your Cassette Tape Player” in the Index.
After you clean the player, press and hold EJECT for
five seconds to reset the CLN indicator. The radio will
display --- to show the indicator was reset.
AM-FM Stereo with Cassette Tape Player
and Automatic Tone Control (Option)
knob has SCV positions. The top position has a higher
maximum volume and gets louder faster than the middle
two positions. If you don’t want to use SCV, turn the
control all the way down.
AM-FM: Press this button to alternate between AM,
FM 1 and FM2. The display shows your selection.
RECALL: Press this button to recall the station being
played. If you press the button when the ignition is off,
the clock will show for a few seconds.
TUNE: Press this knob lightly so it extends. Turn it to
choose radio stations. Push the knob back in when
you’re not using it.
Playing the Radio
PWR: Press this knob to turn the system on and off.
VOL: Turn the upper knob clockwise to increase volume.
The faster the VOL knob is rotated, the quicker the radio
goes to maximum. Turn it counterclockwise to decrease
volume. The knob is capableof rotating continuously.
SCV Your system has a feature called
.
Speed-Compensated-Volume (SCV). With SCV, your
audio system adjusts to make up for road and wind noise
as you drive. The volume should always sound the same
level to you as you drive. The control behind the upper
3-10
SEEK: Press the forward or backward arrow to go to
the next higher or lower station. The sound will be
muted while seeking.
SCAN: Press one of the SEEK arrows for two seconds,
and SCAN will appear on the display. Use SCAN to
listen to stations for a few seconds. The radio will go to
a station, stop for a few seconds, then go on to the next
station. Press SEEK again to stop scanning. The sound
will be muted while scanning.
P.SCAN: Press this button to listen toeach of your favorite
stations stored on your pushbuttons for a few seconds.
The
radio will scan through each of the stations stored on your
pushbuttons, except those stations with weak reception.
The AUTO TONE settingstored for that pushbutton will
be automatically chosen.Press P.SCAN or oneof the
pushbuttons again to stop scanning. P.SCAN will be
displayed wheneverthe tuner is inthe P.SCAN mode. The
channel number (P1 -P6)will appear momentarily just
before the frequency is displayed. In FM mode, this
function will scan through both FM1 and FM2 preset
stations and FMl or FM2. will appear on the display.
PUSHBUTTONS: The six numbered pushbuttons let
you return to your favorite stations.You can set up to
18 stations (six AM, six FMI and six FM2).
1 . Press AM-FM to select the band.
2. Find the station you want by using TUNE or SEEK.
3 . Press AUTO TONE to select the graph that best suits
the type of station selected.
4. Press and hold one of the six numbered buttons.
If you manually tuneor use
orSCAN to find
a frequency stored in a preset, the AUTO TONE
equalization stored for that frequency will be recalled.
Always check the display first to make sure you have
the correct band.
Setting the Tone
AUTO TONE: This feature allowsyou to choose
preset treble and bass equalization settings designed for
classical, news, rock, pop and jazz stations. CLASSIC
will appear on the display when you first press AUTO
TONE. Each time you press it, another setting will
appear on the display. Press it again after JAZZ appears
and MAN will appear. Tone control will return to the
TREB and BASS knobs. Also, if you use the treble
and bass knobs, control will return to them and MAN
will appear.
BASS: Press this knob lightly so it extends. Turn the
knob clockwise to increase bass.Turn it counterclockwise
to decrease bass. The middle position is a detent. When
you use this control, the radio’s AUTO TONE setting will
switch to manual.
5 . The sound will mute. When it returns, release the
button. Whenever you press that numbered button,
the station you set will return and the AUTO TONE
equalization that you selected will also be
automatically selected for that button.
3-11
TREB: Press this knob lightly so it extends.
Turn the knob clockwise to increase treble. Turn it
counterclockwise to decrease treble. The middle
position is a detent. When you use this control, the
radio’s AUTO TONE setting will switch to manual.
Push the knobs back in when you’re not using them.
Adjusting the Speakers
BAL: Press this button lightly so it extends. Turn the
knob to move the sound to the left or right speakers. The
middle position is a detent and balances the speakers.
Turn the knob clockwise for right speakers and
counterclockwise for left speakers.
FADE: Press this button lightly so it extends. Turn the
knob to move the sound to thefront or rear speakers.
The middle position is a detent and balances the speakers.
Turn the knob clockwise to adjust the sound to thefront
speakers and counterclockwise for the rear speakers.
Push the knobs back in when you’re not using them.
Playing a Cassette Tape
Press EJECT or RECALL to load a tape with the
ignition off. Then insert the cartridge. If the ignition is
on but the radio is off, the tape will begin playing. A
tape symbol is shown in the center of the graphic display
whenever a tape is inserted. When a tape is active, the
tape symbol will be accompanied by a direction arrow.
While the tape is playing, use the VOL, FADE, BAL,
TREB and BASS controls just as you do for the radio.
Other controls may have different functions when a tape
is inserted. The display will show the tape symbol and
an arrow to show which side of the tape is playing.
The player automatically senses the cartridge for metal
or CrO2 and sets the pre-emphasis. Anytime a tape is
inserted, the top side is selected to play first.
PREV (1): Press this button or the SEEK backward arrow
to search for the previous selection on the tape. Your tape
must have at least three seconds of silence between each
selection for PREV or SEEK to work. The tape direction
arrow blinks during PREV or SEEK operation. The sound
is muted during PREV or SEEK operation.
PROG (2): Press this button to play the other side of
the tape.
3-12
NEXT (3):
Press this button or the SEEK forward arrow
to search for the next selection on the tape. Your tape
must have at least three seconds of silence between each
selection for NEXT or SEEKto work. The tape
direction arrow blinks during NEXT or SEEK operation.
The sound is muted during NEXT or SEEK operation.
REV (4): Press this button to reverse the tape rapidly.
Press it again to return to playing speed. The radiowill
play the last-selected station while the tape reverses.
00 (5): Press this button to reduce background noise.
Note that the double-D symbol will appear on the display.
[email protected] Reduction is manufactured under a
license from Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation.
Dolby and the double-D symbol aretrademarks of
Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation.
FWD (6): Press this button to advance quickly to
another part of the tape. Press the button again to return
to playing speed. The radio will play the last-selected
station while the tape advances.
AM-FM: Press this button to play the radio when a tape
is in the player.
TAPE AUX: Press this button to change to the tape
function when the radio is on. Thetape symbol with an
arrow will appear on the display when the tape is active.
If your system is equipped with a remote playback
device, pressing this button a second time will allow the
remote device to play.
EJECT Press this button to remove the tape. The
radio will play. EJECT may be activated with either the
ignition or radio off. Cassettes may be loaded with the
radio off if this button is pressed first.
CLN: This message may appear on the display. If it
does, your cassette tape player needs to be cleaned. It
will still play tapes, but you should clean it as soon as
possible to prevent damage to your tapes and player.
See “Care of Your Cassette Tape Player” in the Index.
After you clean the player, press and hold EJECT for
five seconds to reset the CLN indicator. The radio will
display --- to show the indicator was reset.
AM-F" Stereo with Compact Disc Player
and Automatic Tone Control (Option)
SCV: Your system has a feature called
Speed-Compensated-Volume (SCV). With SCV, your
audio system adjusts to make up for road and wind noise
as you drive. The volume should always sound the same
level to you as you drive. The control behind the upper
knob has SCV positions. The top position has a higher
maximum volume and gets louder faster than the middle
two positions. If you don't want to use SCV, turn the
control all the way down.
AM-FM: Press this button to alternate between AM,
FM 1 and FM2. The display shows your selection.
RECALL: Press this button to recall the station being
played. If you press the button when the ignition is off,
the clock will show for a few seconds.
Playing the Radio
PWR: Press this knob to turn the system on and off.
VOL: Turn the upper knob clockwise to increase
volume. The faster the VOL knob is rotated, the quicker
the radio goes to maximum. Turn it counterclockwise
to decrease volume. The knob is capable of rotating
continuously.
3-14
TUNE: Press this knob lightly so it extends. Turn it to
choose radio stations. Push the knob back in when
you're not using it.
SEEK: Press the forward or backward arrow to go to
the next higher or lower station. The sound will be
muted while seeking.
SCAN: Press one of the SEEK arrows for two seconds,
and SCAN will appear on the display. Use SCAN to
listen to stations for afew seconds. The radio will go to
a station, stop for a few seconds, then go on to the next
station. Press SEEK again to stop scanning. The sound
will be muted while scanning.
P.SCAN: Press this button to listen to each of your
favorite stations stored on your pushbuttons for a few
seconds. The radiowill scan through each of the stations
stored on your pushbuttons, exceptthose stations with
weak reception. The AUTO TONEsetting stored for
that pushbutton will be automatically chosen.Press
P.SCAN or one of the pushbuttons again to stop
scanning. P.SCAN will be displayed wheneverthe tuner
is in the P.SCAN mode. The channel number (PI-P6)
will appear momentarily just before the frequency is
displayed. In FM mode, this function will scan through
both FMl and FM2 preset stations and FMl or FM2 will
appear on the display.
PUSHBUTTONS: The six numbered pushbuttons let
you return to your favorite stations. You can set up to
18 stations (six AM, six FM 1 and six FM2).
1. Press AM-FM to select the band.
2. Find the station you want by using TUNE or SEEK.
3. Press AUTO TONE to select the graph that best suits
the type of station selected.
4. Press and hold one of the six numbered buttons.
5. The sound will mute. When it returns, release the
button. Whenever you press that numbered button,
the station you set will return and the AUTO TONE
equalization that you selected will also be
automatically selected for that button.
If you manually tune or use SEEK or SCAN tofind
a frequency stored in a preset, the AUTO TONE
equalization stored for that frequency will be recalled.
Always check the display first to make sure you have
the correct band.
Setting the Tone
AUTO TONE: This feature allowsyou to choose
preset treble and bass equalization settings designed for
classical, news, rock, pop and jazz stations. CLASSIC
will appear on the display when you first press AUTO
TONE. Each time you press it, another setting will
appear on the display. Press it again after JAZZ appears
and MAN will appear. Tone control will return to the
TREB and BASS knobs. Also, if you use the treble
and bass knobs, control will return to them and MAN
will appear.
Playing a Compact Disc
With the radio on or off, insert a disc partway into the
slot, label side up. The player will pull it in. The disc
BASS: Press this knob lightly so it extends. Turn the knob
clockwise to increase bass. Turnit counterclockwise to
decrease bass.The middle position is a detent. When you
use this control, the radio’s AUTO TONE setting will
switch to manual.
should begin playing. The display will show CD and the
CD symbol.
TREB: Press this knob lightly so it extends.
Turn the knob clockwise to increase treble. Turn it
counterclockwise to decrease treble. The middle
position is a detent. When you use this control, the
radio’s AUTO TONE setting will switch to manual.
I f you’re driving on a very rough road or if it’s very hot,
the disc may not play and ERR (error) may appear on
the display. Press RECALL to take ERR off the display.
When things get back to normal, the disc should play. If
the disc comes out, it could be that:
Push the knobs back in when you’re not using them.
Adjusting the Speakers
BAL: Press this button lightly so it extends. Turn the
knob to move the sound to the left or right speakers. The
middle position is a detent and balances the speakers.
Turn the knob clockwise forright speakers and
counterclockwise for left speakers.
FADE: Press this button lightly so it extends. Turn the
knob to move the sound to the front or rear speakers.
The middle position is a detent and balances the
speakers. Turn the knob clockwise to adjust the sound to
the front speakers and counterclockwise forthe rear
speakers.
Push the knobs back in when you’re not using them.
0
The disc is upside down.
It is dirty, scratched or wet.
0
It is very humid. (If so, wait about an hour and
try again.)
RECALL: Press this button to see which track is
playing. Press it again within five seconds to see how
long it has been playing (elapsed time). The track
number also appears when a new track starts to play.
PREV (1): Press this button or the SEEK arrow
pointing to the left to go to the start of a current track.
If you hold the button or press it more than once, the
player will continue moving back through the disc. The
sound will be muted while seeking.
RDM (2): Press this button to hear the tracks in random
rather than sequential (1, 2, 3. . .) order. RANDOM will
show on the display. Press RDM again to return to
sequential order. RANDOM is set to OFF when the disc
is ejected.
NEXT (3): Press this button or the SEEK arrow
pointing to the right to go to the next track. If you hold
the button or press it more than once, the player will
continue moving forward through the disc. The sound
will be muted while seeking.
REV (4): Press and hold this button to return to a
passage quickly. Release it to play the passage. You can
use the counter reading onthe display to locate a
passage more easily.
(5): Press this button to reduce background noise,
if the vehicle is equipped with a remote cassette. The
double-D symbol will appear on the display. Dolby does
not affect compact disc operations.
Dolby Noise Reduction is manufactured under a license
from Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation. Dolby
and the double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby
Laboratories Licensing Corporation.
FWD (6): Press and hold this button to advance quickly
within a track. Release it to resume playing. You can
use the counter reading on the display to locate a
passage easily.
AM-FM: Press this button to play the radio when a
disc is in the player. The CD disc symbol will remain on
the display.
CD AUX: Press this button to change to the disc
function when the radio is 011. The CD disc symbol will
appear on the display when the disc is in the player,
whether it is active or not. If equipped with a remote
cassette, press this button a second time to activate it.
EJECT Press this button to remove the disc. The radio
will play. The disc will start at the first track when you
reinsert it.
If the ignition is off, you may still press this button to
eject the disc.
If you turn off the ignition or radio with a disc in the
player, it will stay in the player. When you turn on the
ignition or system, the disc will start playing where it
was stopped. If you press EJECT but don't remove the
disc, the player will pull the disc back in to protect it
after about oneminute.
3-17
Theft-Deterrent Feature
2. Turn the ignition to the ACC or RUN position.
THEFTLOCK" is designed to discourage theft of your
radio. It works by using a'secret code to disable all radio
functions whenever battery power is removed.
3. Turn the radio off.
The THEFTLOCK feature for the radio may be used or
ignored. If ignored, the system plays normally and the
radio is not protected by the feature. If THEFTLOCK is
activated, your radio will not operate if stolen.
When THEFTLOCK is activated, the radio will display
LOC to indicate a locked condition anytime battery
power is removed. If your battery loses power for any
reason, you must unlock the radio with the secret code
before it will operate.
Activating the Theft-Deterrent Feature
The instructions which follow explain how to enter your
secret code to activate the THEFTLOCK system. It is
recommended that you read through all nine steps
before starting the procedure.
NOTE: If you allow more than 15 seconds to elapse
between any steps, the radio automatically reverts to
time and you must start the procedure over at Step 4.
1. Write down any three or four-digit number from
000 to 1999 and keep it in a safe place separate from
the vehicle.
3-18
4. Press the 1 and 4 buttons together. Hold them down
until --- shows on the display. Next you will use the
secret code number which you have written down,
5. Press MN and 000 will appear on the display.
6. Press MN again to make the last two digits agree
with your code.
7. Press HR to make the first one or two digits agree
with your code.
8. Press AM-FM after you have confirmed that the
code matches the secret code you have written down.
The display will show REP to let you know that you
need to repeat Steps 5 through 7 to confirm your
secret code.
9. Press AM-FM and this time the display will show
SEC to let you know that your radio is secure. The
indicator by the volume control will begin flashing
when the ignition is turned off.
Unlocking the Theft-Deterrent Feature Aftera
Power Loss
Enter your secret code as follows; pause no more than
15 seconds between steps:
1 . LOC appears when the ignition is on.
2. Press MN and 000 will appear on the display.
Disabling the Theft-Deterrent Feature
Enter your secret code as follows; pause no more man
15 seconds between steps:
1. Turn the ignition to the ACC or RUN position.
2. Turn the radio off.
3. Press the 1 and 4 buttons together. Hold them down
until SEC shows on the display.
3. Press MN again to make the last two digits agree
with your code.
4. Press MN and 000 will appear on the display.
4. Press HR to make the first one or twodigits agree
with your code.
5. Press MN again to make the last two digits agree
with your code.
5 . Press AM-FM after you have confirmed that the
code matches the secret code you have written down.
The display will show SEC, indicating the radio is
now operable and secure.
6. Press HR to make the first one or two digits agree
with your code.
If you enter the wrong code eight times, INOP will
appear on the display. You will have to wait an hour
with the ignition on before you can try again. When you
try again, you will only have three chances to enter the
correct code before INOP appears.
If you lose or forget your code, contact yourdealer.
7. Press AM-FM after you have confirmed that the
code matches the secret code you have written down.
The display will show ---,indicating that the radio is
no longer secured.
If the code entered is incorrect, SEC will appear on the
display. The radio will remain secured until the correct
code is entered.
When battery power is given to a secured radio, the
radio won’t turn 011 and LOC will appear on the display.
Steering Wheel Controls (Option)
derstanding Radio Reception
If your vehicle has this feature, you can control certain
radio functions using the buttons on your steering wheel.
Stereo
VOLUME: Press the up arrow to increase the volume
and the down arrow to decrease volume,
PLAY Press this button to play a cassette tape or
compact disc when the radio is playing.
MUTE: Press this button to silence the system. Press it
again to turn on the sound.
SEEK: Press the up arrow to tune to the next radio
station and the down arrow to tune to the previous radio
station. If a cassette tape or compactdisc is playing, the
player will advance with the up arrow and rewind with
the down arrow.
PRESET: Press this button to play a station you have
programmed on the radio preset buttons.
AM-FM: Press this button to choose AM, FM1 or
FM2.If a cassette tape or compact disc is playing, it will
stop and the radio will play.
3-20
FM stereo will give you the best sound. But FM signals
will reach only about 10 to 40 miles (16to 65 km). Tall
buildings or hills can interfere with FM signals, causing
the sound to come and go.
AM
The range for most AM stations is greater than for FM,
especially at night. The longer range, however, can
cause stations to interfere with each other. AM can pick
up noise from things like storms and power lines. Try
reducing the treble to reduce this noise if you ever get it.
Tips About Your Audio System
Hearing damage from loud noise is almost undetectable
until it is too late. Your hearing can adapt to higher
volumes of sound. Sound that seems normal can be loud
and harmful to your hearing. Take precautions by
adjusting the volume control on your radio to a safe
sound level before your hearing adapts to it.
Care of Your Cassette Tape Player
To help avoid hearing loss or damage:
0
Adjust the volume control to the lowest setting.
0
Increase volume slowly until you hear comfortably
and clearly.
NOTICE:
Before you add any sound equipment to your
vehicle like a tape player, CB radio, mobile
telephone or two-way radio be sure you can
add what you want. If you can, it’s very
important to do properly.
it
Added sound
equipment may interfere with the operation
of your vehicle’s engine, Delcoradio or
other systems, and even damage them. Your
vehicle’s systems mayinterfere with the
operation of sound equipmentthat hasbeen
added improperly.
So, before adding sound equipment,
check with
your dealer andbe sure tocheck Federal rules
covering mobile radio andtelephone units.
--
--
..
1
A tape playerthat is not cleaned regularly can cause
reduced soundquality, ruined cassettes ora damaged
mechanism. Cassette tapes should be stored in their
cases away from contaminants, direct sunlight and
extreme heat.If they aren’t, they may not operate
properly ormay cause failureof the tapeplayer.
Your tape player shouldbe cleaned regularly after every
50 hours of use. Your radio may display CLN to indicate
that you have used your tape player for50 hours without
resetting the tape clean timer.If you notice a reduction in
sound quality, try a known good cassette tosee if the tape
or the tape playeris at fault. If this other cassette has no
improvement in sound quality, clean the tape player.
Cleaning may be done with a scrubbing action,
non-abrasive cleaning cassettewith pads which scrub
the tapehead as the hubsof the cleaner cassette turn.
It
is normal for the cassette to eject while cleaning. Insert
the cassette at least three times to ensure thorough
is
cleaning. A scrubbing action cleaning cassette
available through your Chevrolet
dealer.
3-21
You may also choose anon-scrubbing action, wet-type
cleaner which uses a cassette with a fabric belt to clean
the tape head. This type of cleaning cassette will not
eject. It may not clean as thoroughly as the scrubbing
type cleaner.
Be sure never to touch the signal surface when handling
discs. Pick up discs by grasping the outer edges orthe
edge of the hole and the outer edge.
Cassettes are subject to wear and the sound quality may
degrade over time. Always make sure that the cassette
tape is in good condition before you have your tape
player serviced.
The fixed mast antenna can withstand most car washes
without being damaged. If the mast should ever become
slightly bent, you can straighten it out by hand. If the
mast is badly bent, as it might be by vandals, you should
replace it.
C---eof Your Compact Discs
nandle discs carefully. Store them in their original cases
or other protective cases and away from direct sunlight
and dust. If the surface of a disc is soiled, dampen a
clean, soft cloth in a mild, neutral detergent solution and
clean it,wiping from the center to the edge.
3-22
Fixed Mast Antenna
Check every once in a while to be sure the mast is still
tightened to the fender.
c
0Section 4
Your Driving and the Road
Defensive Driving
The best advice anyone can give about driving is:
Drive defensively.
Please start with a very important safety device in your
Chevrolet: Buckle up. (See “Safety Belts” in the Index.)
Defensive driving really means “be ready for anything.”
On city streets, rural roads or freeways, it means
“always expectthe unexpected.”
Assume that pedestrians or other drivers are going to be
careless and make mistakes. Anticipate what they might
do. Be ready for their mistakes.
Here you’ll find information about driving on different
kinds of roads and in varying weather conditions. We’ve
also included many other useful tips on driving.
Rear-end collisions are about the most preventable
of accidents. Yet they are common. Allow enough
following distance. It’s the best defensive driving
maneuver, in both city and rural driving. You never
know when the vehicle in front of you is going to brake
or turn suddenly.
Death and injury associated with drinking and driving is
a national tragedy. It’s the number one contributor to
the highway death toll, claiming thousands of victims
every year.
The obvious way to solve this highway safety problem
is for people never to drink alcohol and then drive. But
what if people do? How much is “too much” if the
driver plans to drive? It’s a lot less than many might
think. Although it depends on each person and situation,
here is some general information on the problem.
Alcohol affects four things that anyone needs to drive
a vehicle:
The Blood Alcohol Concentration (BAC) of someone
who is drinking depends upon four things:
Drunken Drivi
0
Y
Judgment
0
The amount of alcohol consumed
Muscular Coordination
0
The drinker’s body weight
Vision
0
The amount of food that is consumed before and
during drinking
0
The length of time it has taken the drinker to
consume the alcohol.
Attentiveness.
Police records show that almost half of all motor
vehicle-related deaths involve alcohol. In most cases,
these deaths are the result of someone who was drinking
and driving. In recent years, some 18,000 annual motor
vehicle-related deaths have been associated with the use
of alcohol, with more than 300,000 people injured.
lvlany adults -- by some estimates, nearly half the
adult population -- choose never to drink alcohol, so
they never drive after drinking. For persons under 2 I ,
it’s against the law in every U.S. state to drink alcohol.
There are good medical, psychological and
developmental reasons for these laws.
4-2
1
According to the American Medical Association, a
180-lb. (82 kg) person who drinks three 12-ounce
(355 ml) bottles of beer in an hour will end up with a
BAC of about 0.06 percent. The person would reach the
same BAC by drinking three 4-ounce (1 20 ml) glasses
of wine or three mixed drinks if each had 1- 1/2 ounces
(45 ml) of a liquor like whiskey, gin or vodka.
Since alcohol is carried in body water, this means that a
woman generally will reach a higher BAC level than a
man of her same body weight when each has the same
number of drinks.
The law in many U.S. states sets the legal limit at a BAC
of 0.10 percent. In a growingnumber of U.S. states, and
throughout Canada, the limit is 0.08 percent. In some
other countries, it‘s even lower. The BAC limit for all
commercial drivers in the United States is 0.04 percent.
The BAC will be over 0.10 percent after three to six
drinks (in one hour).Of course, as we’ve seen, it
depends on how much alcohol is in the drinks, and how
quickly the person drinks them.
It’s the amount of alcohol that counts. For example, if
the same person drank three double martinis (3 ounces
or 90 m l of liquor each) within a n hour, the person’s
BAC would be close to 0.12 percent. A person who
consumes foodjust before or during drinking will have
a somewhat lower BAClevel.
There is a gender difference,too. Women generally have
a lower relative percentage of body water than men.
But the ability to drive is affected well below a BAC
of 0.10 percent. Research shows that the driving skills
of many people are impaired at a BAC approaching
0.05 percent, and that the effects are worse at night. All
drivers are impaired at BAC levels above 0.05 percent.
Statistics show that the chance of being in a collision
increases sharply for drivers who have a BAC of
0.05 percent or above. A driver with a BAC level of
0.06 percent has doubled his or her chance of having a
collision. At a BAC level of 0.10 percent, the chance of
this driver having a collision is 12 times greater; at a
level of 0.15 percent, the chance is 25 times greater!
4-3
The body takes about an hour to rid itself of the alcohol
in one drink.No amount of coffee or number of cold
showers will speed that up. “I’ll be careful” isn’t the
right answer. What if there’s an emergency, a need to
take sudden action, as when a child darts into the street?
A person with even a moderate BAC might not be able
to react quickly enough to avoid the collision.
There’s something else about drinking and driving that
many people don’t know. Medical research shows that
alcohol in a person’s system can make crash injuries
worse, especially injuries to the brain, spinal cord or
heart. This means that when anyone who has been
drinking -- driver or passenger -- is in a crash, that
person’s chance of being killed or permanently disabled
is higher than if the person had not been drinking.
4-4
=
Drinking and then driving is verydangerous.
Your reflexes,perceptions, attentiveness and
judgment can be’affected by even a small amount
of alcohol. You can have a serious or even
fatal collision if you drive after drinking.
Please don’t drink and driveor ride with a driver
who has been drinking. Ride home in a cab; or if
you’re with a group, designate a driver who will
not drink.
--
--
Control of a Vehicle
Braking
You have three systems that make your vehicle go whereBraking action involvesperception timeand
you want it to go. They are the brakes, the steering and reaction time.
the accelerator.All three systems have todo their work
First, you have to decide topush on the brake pedal.
at the places wherethe tires meet the road.
That’s perception time.Then you have to bring up your
foot and do it.That’s reaction time.
Average reaction time is about 3/4 of a second. But
that’s only an average. It mightbe less with one driver
and as longas two or three seconds or more with
another. Age, physical condition, alertness, coordination
and eyesight allplay a part. So do alcohol, drugsand
frustration. But even in3/4 of a second, a vehicle
moving at 60 mph (100 km/h) travels 66 feet (20 m).
That couldbe a lotof distance inan emergency, so
keeping enough space between
your vehicle and others
is important.
And, of course, actual stopping distancesvary greatly
with the surfaceof the road (whetherit’s pavement or
gravel); the conditionof the road (wet,dry, icy); tire
tread; and the condition
of your brakes.
Sometimes, as when you’re driving on snow or ice,
it’s
easy to ask moreof those control systems than the tires
and road can provide. That means you can lose control
of your vehicle.
Avoid needless heavy braking. Some people drive in
spurts -- heavy acceleration followed by heavy
braking -- rather than keeping pace with traffic. This is a
mistake. Your brakes may not have time to cool between
hard stops. Your brakes will wear out much faster if you
do a lot of heavy braking. If you keep pace with the
traffic and allow realistic following distances, you will
eliminate a lot of unnecessary braking. That means
better braking and longer brake life.
If your engine ever stops while you’re driving, brake
normally but don’t pump your brakes. If you do, the
pedal may get harder to push down. If your engine
stops, you will still have some power brake assist. But
you will use it when you brake. Once the power assist is
used up, it may take longer to stop and the brake pedal
will be harder to push.
Anti-Lock Brakes
Your vehicle has anti-lock brakes (ABS). ABS is an
advanced electronic braking system that will help
prevent a braking skid.
When you start your engine, or when you begin to drive
away, your anti-lock brake system will check itself. You
may hear a momentary motor or clicking noise while
this test is going on, and you may even notice that your
brake pedal moves a little. This is normal.
ANTI LOCK
If there’s a problem with the
anti-lock brake system, this
warning light will stay on
or flash. See“Anti-Lock
Brake System Warning
Light” in the Index.
The anti-lock system can change the brake pressure faster
than any driver could. The computer is programned to
make the most of available tire androad conditions.
Here’s how anti-lock works. Let’s say the road is wet.
You’re driving safely. Suddenly an animal jumps out in
front of you.
You slam on the brakes. Here‘s what happens with ABS.
You can steer around the obstacle while braking hard.
A computer senses that wheels are slowing down.If one
of the wheels is about to stop rolling, the computer will
separately work the brakes at each front wheel and at the
rear wheels.
As you brake, your computer keeps receiving updates on
wheel speed and controls braking pressure accordingly.
Remember: Anti-lock doesn’t change the time you need
to get your foot up to the brake pedal or always decrease
stopping distance. If you get too close to the vehicle in
front of you, you won’t have time to apply your brakes
if that vehicle suddenly slows or stops. Always leave
enough room up ahead to stop, even though you have
anti-lock brakes.
Use your anti-lock braking system when you need to.
With anti-lock, you can steer and brake at the same
time. In many emergencies, steering can help you more
than even the very best braking.
Using Anti-Lock
Power Steering
Don’t pump the brakes. Just holdthe brake pedal down
and let anti-lock work for you. You may feel the
system working, or you may notice some noise, but
this is normal.
If you lose power steering assist because the engine
stops or the system is not functioning, you can steer but
it will take much more effort.
LOW
TRAC
4-8
When your anti-lock system
is adjusting brake pressure
to help avoid a braking skid,
this light will come on. See
“Anti-Lock Brake System
Active Light” in the Index.
Braking in Emergencies
Steering
Steering Tips
Driving an Curves
It’s important to take curves at a reasonable speed.
A lot of the “driver lost control” accidents mentioned on
the news happen on curves. Here’s why:
Experienced driver or beginner, each of us is subject to
the same laws of physics when driving on curves. The
traction of the tires against the road surface makes it
possible for the vehicle to change its path when you turn
the front wheels. If there’s no traction, inertia will keep
the vehicle going in the same direction. If you’ve ever
tried to steer a vehicle on wet ice, you’ll understand this.
The traction you can get in a curve depends on the
condition of your tires and the road surface, the angle at
which the curve is banked, and your speed. While you’re
in a curve, speed is theone factor you can control.
Suppose you’re steering througha sharp curve. Then you
suddenly accelerate. Both control systems-- steering and
acceleration -- have to do their work where the tires meet
the road. Adding the sudden acceleration can demand too
much of those places. You can lose control.
What should you do if this ever happens? Easeup on the
accelerator pedal, steer the vehicle the way you want it
to go, and slow down.
Speed limit signs near curves warn that you should
adjust your speed. Of course, the posted speeds are
based on good weather and road conditions. Under less
favorable conditions you’ll want to go slower.
If you need to reduce your speed as you approach a
curve, do itbefore you enter the curve, while your front
wheels are straight ahead.
Try to adjust your speed so you can “drive” through the
curve. Maintain a reasonable, steady speed. Wait to
accelerate until you are out of the curve, and then
accelerate gently into the straightaway.
ril
in E
enc:
There are times when steering can be more effective
than braking. For example, you come over ahill and
find a truck stopped in your lane, or a carsuddenly pulls
out from nowhere, or a child darts out from between
parked cars and stops right in front of you. You can
avoid these problems by braking -- if you can stop in
time. But sometimes you can’t; there isn’t room.
That’s the time for evasiveaction -- steering around
the problem.
Your Chevrolet can perform very well in emergencies
like these. First apply your brakes. (See “Braking in
Emergencies” earlierin this section.) It is better to
remove as much speed as you can from a possible
collision. Then steeraround the problem, to the left
or right depending on the space available.
Off-Road Recovery
You may find sometime that your right wheels have
dropped off the edge of a road onto the shoulder while
you’re driving.
An emergency like this requires close attention and a
quick decision. If you are holding the steering wheel at
the recommended 9 and 3 o’clock positions, you can
turn it a full 180 degrees very quickly without removing
either hand. But you have to act fast, steer quickly, and
just as quickly straighten the wheel once you have
avoided the object.
The fact that such emergency situations are always
possible is a good reason to practice defensive driving at
all times and wear safety belts properly.
4-10
edge of paved Surface
If the level of the shoulder is only slightly below the
pavement, recovery should be fairly easy. Easeoff the
accelerator and then, if there is nothing in the way, steer so
that your vehicle straddles the edge of the pavement. You
can turn the steering wheel up to one-quarter turn until the
right front tire contacts the pavement edge. Then turn your
steeling wheel to go straight down the roadway.
The driver OT a vehicle about to pass another on a
two-lane highway waits for just the right moment,
accelerates, moves around the vehicle ahead, then goes
back into the right lane again. A simple maneuver?
Not necessarily! Passing another vehicle on a two-lane
highway is a potentially dangerous move, since the
passing vehicle occupies the same lane as oncoming
traffic for several seconds. A miscalculation, an error in
judgment, ora brief surrender to frustration or anger can
suddenly put the passing driver face to face with the
worst of all traffic accidents -- the head-on collision.
So here are some tips for passing:
“Drive ahead.” Look down the road, to the sides and to
crossroads for situations that might affect your passing
patterns. If you have any doubt whatsoever about
making a successful pass, wait fora better time.
Watch for traffic signs, pavement markings and lines.
If you can see a sign up ahead that might indicate a
turn or an intersection, delay your pass.A broken
center line usually indicates it’s all right to pass
(providing the road ahead is clear). Never cross a solid
line on your side of the lane or a double solid line,
even if the road seems empty of approaching traffic.
Do not get too close to the vehicle you want to pass
while you’re awaiting an opportunity. For one thing,
following too closely reduces your area of vision,
especially if you’re following a larger vehicle.
Also, you won’t have adequate space if the vehicle
ahead suddenly slows or stops. Keep back a
reasonable distance.
When it looks like a chance to pass is coming up,
start to accelerate but stay in the right lane and don’t
get too close. Time your move so you will be
increasing speed as the time comes to move into the
other lane. If the way is clear to pass, you will have a
“running start” that more than makes up for the
distance you would lose by dropping back. And if
something happens to cause you to cancel your pass,
you need only slow down and drop back again and
wait for another opportunity.
If other cars are lined up to pass a slow vehicle, wait
your turn. But take care that someone isn’t trying to
pass you as you pull out to pass the slow vehicle.
Remember to glance over your shoulderand check
the blind spot.
0
0
0
Check your mirrors, glance over your shoulder, and
start your left lane change signal before moving out
of the right lane to pass. When you are farenough
ahead of the passed vehicle to see its front in your
inside mirror, activate your right lane change signal
and move back into the right lane. (Remember that
your right outside mirror is convex. The vehicle you
just passed may seem to be farther away from you
than it really is.)
Try not to pass more than one vehicle at a time on
two-lane roads. Reconsider before passing the
next vehicle.
Don’t overtake a slowly moving vehicle too rapidly.
Even though the brake lamps arenot flashing, it may
be slowing down or starting to turn.
If you’re being passed, make it easy for the
following driver to get ahead of you. Perhaps you
can ease a little to the right.
4-12
Loss of Control
Let’s review what driving experts say about what
happens when the three control systems (brakes, steering
and acceleration) don’t have enough friction where the
tires meet the road to do what the driver has asked.
In any emergency, don’t give up. Keep hying to steer and
constantly seek an escape route or areaof less danger.
Skidding
In a skid, a driver can lose controlof the vehicle.
Defensive drivers avoid most skidsby taking reasonable
care suited to existing conditions, andby not “overdriving”
those conditions. But skids are always possible.
The three types of skids correspond to your Chevrolet’s
three control systems. In the braking skid, your wheels
aren’t rolling. In the steering or cornering skid, too
much speed or steering i n a curve causes tires to slip and
lose cornering force. And in the acceleration skid, too
much throttle causes the driving wheels to spin.
A cornering skid and an acceleration skid are best
handled by easing your foot off the accelerator pedal.
Driving at Night
If your vehicle starts to slide, easeyour foot off the
accelerator pedal and quickly steer the way you want the
vehicle to go. If you start steering quickly enough, your
vehicle may straighten out. Always be ready for a
second skid if it occurs.
Of course, traction is reduced when water, snow, ice,
gravel or other material is on the road. For safety, you’ll
want to slow down and adjust your driving to these
conditions. It is important to slow down on slippery
surfaces because stopping distance will be longer and
vehicle control more limited.
While driving on a surface with reduced traction, try
your best to avoid sudden steering, acceleration or
braking (including engine braking by shifting to a lower
gear). Any sudden changes could cause the tires to slide.
You may not realize the surface is slippery until
your vehicle is skidding. Learn to recognize warning
clues -- such as enough water, ice orpacked snow on
the road to make a “mirrored surface” -- and slow down
when you have any doubt.
Night driving is more dangerous than day driving.
One reason is that some drivers are likely to be
impaired -- by alcohol or drugs, with night vision
problems, or by fatigue.
Remember: Any anti-lock brake system (ABS) helps
avoid only the braking skid.
4-13
Here are sometips on night driving.
0
Drive defensively.
0
Don’t drink and drive.
0
Adjust your inside rearview mirror to reduce the
glare from headlamps behind you.
Since you can’t see as well, you may need to slow
down and keep more space between you and
other vehicles.
Slow down, especially on higher speed roads. Your
headlamps can light up only so much road ahead.
0
In remote areas, watch for animals.
0
If you’re tired, pull off the road in a safe place and
rest.
Night Vision
No one can see as well at night as in the daytime. But as
we get older these differences increase. A50-year-old
driver may require at least twice as much light to see the
same thing at night as a 20-year-old.
What you do in the daytime can also affect your night
vision. For example, if you spend the day in bright
sunshine you are wise to wear sunglasses. Your eyes will
4- 14
have less trouble adjusting to night. But if you’re
driving, don’t wear sunglasses at night. They may cut
down on glare from headlamps, but they also make a lot
of things invisible.
You can be temporarily blinded by approaching
headlamps. It can take a second or two, or even several
seconds, for your eyes to readjust to the dark. When you
are faced with severe glare (as from a driver who
doesn’t lower the high beams, or a vehicle with
misaimed headlamps), slow down a little. Avoid staring
directly into the approaching headlamps.
Keep your windshield and all the glass on your vehicle
clean -- inside and out. Glare at night is made much
worse by dirt on the glass. Even the inside of the glass
can build up a film caused by dust. Dirty glass makes
lights dazzle and flash more than clean glass would,
making the pupils of your eyes contract repeatedly.
Remember that your headlamps light up far less of a
roadway when you are in a turn or curve. Keep your
eyes moving; that way, it‘s easier to pick out dimly
lighted objects. Just as your headlamps should be
checked regularly for proper aim, so should your eyes
be examined regularly. Some drivers suffer from night
blindness -- the inability to see in dim light -- and
aren’t even aware of it.
Driving in Rain and on
Wet Roads
The heavier the rain,the harder it isto see. Evenif your
windshield wiper blades are
in good shape, aheavy rain
can makeit harder to see road signs and traffic signals,
pavement markings, the edgeof the road and even
people walking.
It’s wise to keepyour wiping equipment in good shape
and keep your windshield washer tank filled. Replace
’your windshield wiper insertswhen they show signsof
streaking or missing areason the windshield, orwheh
strips of rubber startto separate fromthe inserts.
Rain and wet roads can’meandriving trouble. On awet
road, you can’t stop, accelerate or turn as well because
your tire-to-road traction isn’tas good as on dry roads.
And, if your tires don’t havemuch tread left, you’ll get
even less traction.It’s always wise to go slower and be
cautious if rain starts to fall while
you are driving.The
surface may get wet suddenlywhen your reflexes are
tuned for drivingon dry pavement.
4-15
Driving too fast through large water puddles or even
going through some carwashes can cause problems, too.
The water may affect your brakes. Try to avoid puddles.
But if you can’t, try to slow down before you hit them.
Wet brakes can cause accidents. They won’t
work
well in a quick stop and may cause pulling to one
side. You could lose controlof the vehicle.
After driving througha large puddle of water or
a car wash, apply your brake pedal lightly until
your brakes work normally.
Hydroplaning
Hydroplaning is dangerous. So much water can build up
under your tires that they can actually ride on the water.
This can happen if the road is wet enough and you’re
going fast enough. When your vehicle is hydroplaning,
it has little or no contact with the road.
Hydroplaning doesn’t happen often. But it can if your
tires haven’t much tread or if the pressure in one or
more is low. It can happen if a lot of water is standing on
the road. If you can see reflections from trees, telephone
poles or other vehicles, and raindrops “dimple” the
water’s surface, there could be hydroplaning.
Hydroplaning usually happens at higher speeds. There
just isn’t a hard and fast rule about hydroplaning. The
best advice is to slow down when it is raining.
City Driving
Driving Through Deep Standing Water
NOTICE:
If you drive too quickly through deep puddles or
standing water, water can come in through your
engine’s air intake and badly damage your
is slightly
engine. Never drive through water that
lower than the underbody
of your vehicle.If you
can’t avoid deep puddles or standing
water, drive
.through them very slowly.
I
Some Other Rainy Weather Tips
Turn on your low-beam headlamps-- not just
your parking lamps-- to help makeyou more visible
to others.
0
Besides slowing down, allow some extra following
distance. And be especially carefulwhen you pass
another vehicle. Allow yourself more clear room
ahead, andbe prepared to have your view restricted
by road spray.
0
Have good tires with proper tread depth. (See
“Tires” in the Index.)
One of the biggest problemswith city streets is the
amount of traffic on them.You’ll want to watch out for
what the other drivers are doing and
pay attention-to
traffic signals.
4-17
Here are ways to increase your safety in city driving:
0
0
Know the best way to get to where you are
going. Get a city map and plan your trip into an
unknown part of the city just as you would for a
cross-country trip.
0
Try to use the freeways that rim and crisscross most
large cities. You’ll save time and energy. (See the
next part, “Freeway Driving.”)
0
Treat a green light as a warning signal. A traffic light
is there because the corner is busy enough to need it.
When a light turns green, and just before you start
to move, check both ways for vehicles that have
not cleared the intersection or may be running the
red light.
Mile for mile, freeways (also called thruways, parkways,
expressways, turnpikes or superhighways) are the safest
of all roads. But they have their own special rules.
4-18
The most important advice on freeway driving is: Keep
up with traffic and keep to the right. Drive at the same
speed most of the other drivers are driving.Too-fast or
too-slow driving breaks a smooth traffic flow. Treat the
left lane on a freeway as a passing lane.
At the entrance, there is usually a ramp that leads to the
freeway. If you have a clear view of the freeway as you
drive along the entrance ramp, you should begin to
check traffic. Try to determine where you expect to
blend with the flow. Try to merge into the gap at close to
the prevailing speed. Switch on your turn signal, check
your mirrors and glance over your shoulderas often as
necessary. Try to blend smoothly with the traffic flow.
Once you are on the freeway, adjust your speed to the
posted limit or to the prevailing rate if it’s slower. Stay
in the right lane unless you want to pass.
Before changing lanes, check your mirrors. Then use
your turn signal.
Just before you leave the lane, glance quickly over your
shoulder to make sure there isn’t another vehicle in your
“blind” spot.
Once you are moving on the freeway, make certain you
allow a reasonable following distance. Expect to move
slightly slower at night.
When you want to leave the freeway, move to the proper
lane well in advance. If you miss your exit, donot,
under any circumstances, stop and back up. Drive on to
the next exit.
The exit ramp can be curved, sometimes quite sharply.
The exit speed is usually posted.
Reduce your speed according to your speedometer, not
to your sense of motion. After driving for any distance
at higher speeds, you may tend to think you are going
slower than you actually are.
Make sure you’re ready. Try to be well rested. If you
must start when you’re not fresh -- such as after a day’s
work -- don’t plan to make too many miles that first part
of the journey. Wear Comfortableclothing and shoes you
can easily drive in.
Is your vehicle ready for a long trip? If you keep it
serviced and maintained, it’s ready to go. If it needs
service, have it done beforestarting out. Of course,
you’ll find experienced and able service experts in
Chevrolet dealerships all across North America. They’ll
be ready and willing to help if you need it.
Here are some things you can check before
a trip:
Windshield Washer Fluid:Is the reservoir full?Are
all windows clean inside and outside?
0
0
0
0
Wiper Blades: Are they in good shape?
Highway Hypnosis
Is there actually sucha condition as “highway hypnosis”?
Or is it just plain falling asleep at the wheel? Call
it
highway hypnosis, lackof awareness, or whatever.
There is something about an easy stretch
of road with
the same scenery, along with the humof the tires on the
road, the droneof the engine, and the rush
of the wind
Lamps: Are they all working? Are the lenses clean?
against the vehiclethat can makeyou sleepy. Don’t let it
happen to you!If it does,your vehicle can leave the
Tires: They are vitally important toa safe,
road inless than a second, and you could crash and
trouble-free trip. Is the tread good enough for
long-distance driving?Are the tires all inflated to the be injured.
recommended pressure?
What canyou do about highway hypnosis? First,
be
aware that itcan happen.
Weather Forecasts:What’s the weather outlook
along your route? Shouldyou delay your trip a short
Then hereare some tips:
time to avoida major storm system?
0 Make sure your vehicle is well ventilated, with a
Maps: Do you have up-to-date maps?
comfortably coolinterior.
Fuel, Engine Oil, Other Fluids: Have you checked
all levels?
0
Keep your eyes moving. Scan the road ahead and to
the sides. Check your rearview mirrors your
and
instruments frequently.
0
If you get sleepy, pull off the road into a rest, service
or parking area and take
a nap, get some exercise, or
both. For safety, treat drowsiness onthe highway as
an emergency.
Hill and Mountain Roads
Driving on steep hills or mountains is different from
driving in flat or rolling terrain.
If you drive regularly in steep country, or if you’re
planning to visit there, here are some tips that can make
your trips safer and more enjoyable.
0
Keep your vehicle in good shape. Check all fluid
levels and also the brakes, tires, cooling system
and transaxle. These parts can work hard on
mountain roads.
0
Know how to go down hills. The most important
thing to know is this: let your engine do someof the
slowing down. Shift to a lower gear when you go
down a steep or long hill.
If you don’t shift down, your brakes could get
so hot that they wouldn’t work well.
You would
then have poor brakingor even none going
down a hill. You could crash. Shift down to let
a steep
your engine assist your brakes on
downhill slope.
’ A CAUTION:
Win:,, Drivir
I
Coasting downhill in NEUTRAL (N) QF with the
ignition off is dangerous. Your brakes will have to
do all the workof slowing down. They could getso
hot that they wouldn’t work well. You would then
have poorbraking or even none going downa hill.
You could crash. Always haveyour engine running
and your vehicle in gear when you go downhill.
0
Know how to go uphill. You may want to shift down
to a lower gear. The lower gears help cool your engine
and transaxle, and you can climb the hill better.
0
Stay in your own lane when driving on two-lane
roads in hills or mountains. Don’t swing wide or cut
across the center of the road. Drive at speeds that let
you stay in your own lane.
0
0
As you go over the top of a hill, be alert. There could be
something in your lane, like a stalled car oran accident.
You may see highway signs on mountains that warn of
special problems. Examples are long grades, passing or
no-passing zones, a falling rocks area or winding
roads. Be alert to these and take appropriate action.
4-22
b
e
: :
Here are some tips for winter driving:
0
Have your Chevrolet in good shape for winter.
0
You may want to put winter emergency supplies in
your trunk.
Driving on Snow or Ice
Most of the time, those places where your tires meet the
road probably have good traction.
However, if there is snow or ice between your tires and the
road, you can have a very slippery situation. You’ll have a
lot less traction or “grip” and will need to be very careful.
Include an ice scraper, a small brush or broom, a supply
of windshield washer fluid, a rag, somewinter outer
clothing, a small shovel, a flashlight, ared cloth and a
couple of reflective warning triangles. And, if you will
be driving under severe conditions, include a small bag
of sand, a piece of old carpet or a coupleof burlap bags
to help provide traction. Be sure you properly secure
these items in your vehicle.
. ..
What’s the worst time for this? “Wet ice.” Very cold
snow or ice can be slick and hard to drive on. But wet
4-23
-..122
.ght i a .
ice can be even more trouble because it may offer the
least traction of all. You can get wet ice when it’s about
freezing (32°F; OOC) and freezing rain begins to fall.
Try to avoid driving on wet ice until salt and sand crews
can get there.
Whatever the condition -- smooth ice, packed, blowing
or loose snow -- drive with caution. Accelerate gently.
Try not to break the fragile traction. If you accelerate
too fast, the drive wheels will spin and polish the surface
under the tires even more.
Your anti-lock brakes improve your vehicle’s stability
when you make a hard stop on aslippery road. Even
though you have the anti-lock braking system, you’ll
want to begin stopping sooner than you would on dry
pavement. See “Anti-Lock” in the Index.
0
Allow greater following distanceon any slippery road.
0
Watch for slippery spots. Theroad might be fine
until you hit a spot that’s covered with ice. On an
otherwise clearroad, ice patches may appear in
shaded areas where the sun can’t reach: around
clumps of trees, behind buildings or under bridges.
Sometimes the surface of a curve or an overpass may
remain icy when the surrounding roads are clear. If
you see a patch of ice ahead of you, brake before you
are on it.Try not to brake while you’re actually on
the ice, and avoid sudden steering maneuvers.
If you are stopped by heavy snow, you could be in a
serious situation. You should probably stay with your
vehicle unless you know for sure that you are near help
and you can hike through the snow. Here are some
things to do to summon help and keep yourself and your
passengers safe:
0
Turn on your hazard flashers.
0
Tie a red cloth to your vehicle to alert police that
you’ve been stoppedby the snow.
0
Put on extra clothing or wrap a blanket around you.
If you have no blankets or extra clothing, make
body
insulators from newspapers, burlap bags, rags, floor
mats -- anything you can wrap around yourself or
tuck under your clothing to keep warm.
A CAUTION:
Snow can trap exhaust gases under yourvehicle.
This cancause deadly CO (carbonmonoxide) gas
to get inside. CO could overcome youand kill
you. You can’t see it or smell it, so you might not
know it is in your vehicle. Clear away snow from
around thebase of your vehicle, especiallyany
that is blocking your exhaustpipe. And check
around again from
time to time to be sure snow
doesn’t collect there.
Open a window just a little on the sideof the
vehicle that’saway from thewind. This will help
keep CO out.
You can run the engineto keep warm, but be careful.
4-25
Run your engineonly as long as you must. This saves
fuel. When you run the engine, make it go a little faster
than just idle. Thatis, push the accelerator slightly. This
uses less fuel for the heat that you get and it keeps the
battery charged. You will need a well-charged battery to
restart the vehicle, and possibly for signaling later on
with your headlamps. Let the heater run for awhile.
Then, shutthe engine off and close the window almost
all the way to preserve the heat. Start the engine again
and repeat this only when you feel really uncomfortable
from the cold. But do it as little as possible. Preserve the
fuel as long as you can. To help keep warm, you can get
out of the vehicle and do somefairly vigorous exercises
every half hour or so until help comes.
Loading Your Vehicle
%I
TIRE-LOADINGINFORMATION
OCCUPANTS
VEHICLE CAP. WT.
FRT. CTR. RR.
TOTAL LBS.
KG
MAX. LOADING & GVWR SAME AS VEHICLE
XXX
COLD TIRE
CAPACITY
WEIGHT
SPEED
PRESSURE
TIRE SIZE
RTG
PSI/KPa
FRT.
RR.
SPA.
IF TIRES ARE HOT, ADD 4PS1;28KPa
SEE OWNER’S MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL
INFORMATION
Two labels on your vehicle show how much weight it
may properly carry. The Tire-Loading Information label
is inside the trunk lid. The label tells you the proper size,
speed rating and recommended inflation pressures for
the tires on your vehicle. It also gives you important
information about the number of people that can be in
your vehicle and the total weight you can carry. This
includes the weight of all occupants, cargo and all
nonfactory-installed options.
4-26
A CAUTION:
MFDBYGENERALMOTORSCORP
DATE
GVWR
GAWR FRT GAWR RR
THIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL APPLICABLE U.S. FEDERAL MOTOR VEHICLE
SAFETY, BUMPER, AND THEFT PREVENTION
STANDARDS IN EFFECT ON THE DATE OF
MANUFACTURE SHOWN ABOVE.
I
The other label is the Certification label, foundon the
rear edge of the driver’s door. It tells you the gross
weight capacity of your vehicle, called the GVWR
(Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). The GVWR includes
the weight of the vehicle, all occupants, fuel and cargo.
Never exceed the GVWR for yourvehicle or the
Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for either the
front or rear axle.
If you do have a heavy load, spread it out. Don’t carry
more than 167 pounds (75 kg) in your trunk.
Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the
GVWR, or either themaximum front or rear
GAWR. If you do, parts on your vehicle can
break, or itcan change the way your vehicle
handles. These could cause you to lose control.
Also, overloading can shorten thelife of
your vehicle.
I NOTICE:
Your warranty does not cover parts or
components that fail because of overloading.
If you put things inside your vehicle -- like suitcases,
tools, packages or anything else -- they will go as fast as
the vehicle goes. If you have to stop or turn quickly, or
if there is a crash, they’ll keep going.
4-27
I
!\ CAUTION:
Things you put inside your vehicle can strike and
injure people in a sudden stopor turn, or
in
a crash.
0 Put things in thetrunk of your vehicle. In a
trunk, put them as far forward asyou can.
Try to spread theweight evenly.
0 Never stack heavier things, like suitcases,
inside the vehicle so that some of them are
above the tops of the seats.
0 Don’t leavean unsecured child restraint in
your vehicle.
0 When you carry something inside the
vehicle, secure it whenever you can.
0 Don’t leave a seat folded down unless you
need to.
If you don’t use the correct,equipment and drive
properly, you can lose control when you pull a
trailer. For example, if the trailer is too heavy,the
brakes may not‘work well or even at all. You
and your passengers could be seriouslyinjured.
Pull a trailer only if you have followedall the
steps in this section. Ask your Chevrolet dealer
for advice and information abouttowing a trailer
with your vehicle.
--
NOTICE:
Pulling a trailer improperlycan damage your
vehicle and result incostly repairs not ,coveredby
your warranty. To pull a trailer correctly, follow
the advice in thispart, and see your Chevrolet
dealer for important information about
towing a
trailer with your vehicle.
Your vehicle can tow a trailer. To identify what the
vehicle trailering capacity is for your vehicle, you
should read the information in “Weight of the Trailer”
that appears later in this section. But trailering is
different than just driving your vehicle by itself.
Trailering means changes in handling, durability, and
fuel economy. Successful, safe trailering takes correct
equipment, and it has to be used properly.
If You Do Decide To Pull A Trailer
0
There are many different laws, including speed limit
restrictions, having to do with trailering. Make sure
your rig will be legal, not only where you live but
also where you’ll be driving. A good source for this
information can be state or provincial police.
That’s the reason for this part. In it are many
time-tested, important trailering tips and safety rules.
Many of these are important for yoursafety and that of
your passengers. So please read this section carefully
before you pull a trailer.
0
Consider using a sway control. You can ask a hitch
dealer about sway controls.
0
Don’t tow a trailer at all during the first 1,000 miles
(1 600 km) your new vehicle is driven. Your engine,
axle or otherparts could be damaged.
0
Then, during the first 500 miles (800 km) that you
tow a trailer, don’t drive over 50 mph (80 km/h) and
don’t make startsat full throttle. This helps your
engine and other parts of your vehicle wear in at the
heavier loads.
0
Obey speed limit restrictions when towing a trailer.
Don’t drive faster than the maximum posted speed
for trailers (or no more than 55 mph (90 k d h ) ) to
save wear on your vehicle’s parts.
Load-pulling components such as the engine, transaxle,
wheel assemblies and tires are forced to work harder
against the drag of the added weight. The engine is
required to operate at relatively higher speeds and under
greater loads, generating extra heat.What’s more, the
trailer adds considerably to wind resistance, increasing
the pulling requirements.
If you do, here are someimportant points:
Three important considerations have to do with weight:
the weight of the trailer,
the weight of the trailer tongue
and the total weight on your vehicle’s tires.
Weight of the Trailer
How heavy can a trailer safely be?
It should never weigh more than 1,000 pounds (450 kg).
But even that can be too heavy.
It depends on how you plan to use your rig. For example,
speed, altitude, road grades, outside temperature and
how much your vehicle is used to pull a trailer are all
important. And, it can also dependon any special
equipment that you haveon your vehicle.
Weight of the Trailer Tongue
The tongue load (A) of any trailer is an important
weight to measure because it affects the total capacity
weight of your vehicle. The capacity weight includes the
curb weight of the vehicle, any cargo you may carry in
it, and the people who will be riding in the vehicle. And
if you will tow a trailer, you must subtract the tongue
load from your vehicle’s capacity weight because your
vehicle will be carrying that weight, too. See “Loading
Your Vehicle’’ in the Index for more information about
your vehicle’s maximum load capacity.
You can ask your dealer forour trailering information or
advice, or you can write us at: :
Chevrolet Network
P.O. Box 30095
Lansing, MI 48909
In Canada, write to:
General Motors of Canada Limited
Customer Assistance Center
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
4-30
A
B
If you’re using a weight-carrying hitch, the trailer
tongue (A) should weigh 10% of the total loaded trailer
weight (B). If you have a weight-distributing hitch, the
trailer tongue (A) should weigh 12% of the total loaded
trailer weight (B).
After you’ve loaded your trailer, weigh the trailer and
then the tongue, separately, to see if the weights are
proper. If they aren’t, you may be able to get them right
simply by moving some items around in the trailer.
Total Weight on Your Vehicle’s Tires
Be sure your vehicle’s tires are inflated to the
recommended pressure for cold tires. You’ll find these
numbers on the Certification label at the rear edge of the
driver’s door Tire-Loading Information label (found
inside the trunk lid) or see “Loading Your Vehicle”
i n the Index. Then be sure you don’t go over the
GVW limit for your vehicle, including the weight of
the trailer tongue.
Hitches
It’s important to have the correct hitch equipment.
Crosswinds, large trucks going by and rough roads are a
few reasons why you’ll need the right hitch. Here are
some rules to follow:
0
Will you have to make any holes in the body of your
vehicle when you install a trailer hitch? If you do,
then be sure to seal the holes later when you remove
the hitch. If you don’t seal them, deadly carbon
monoxide (CO) from your exhaust can get into your
vehicle (see “Carbon Monoxide” in the Index). Dirt
and water can, too.
a The bumpers on your vehicle are not intended for
hitches. Do not attach rental hitches or other
bumper-type hitches to them. Use only a
frame-mounted hitch that does not attach to
the bumper.
Safety Chains
You should always attach chains between your vehicle
and your trailer. Cross the safety chains under the tongue
of the trailer so that the tongue will not drop to the road
if it becomes separated from the hitch. Instructions
about safety chains may be provided by the hitch
manufacturer or by the trailer manufacturer. Follow the
manufacturer’s recommendation for attaching safety
chains and do not attach them to the bumper. Always
leave justenough slack so you can turn with your rig.
And, never allow safety chains to drag on the ground.
Trailer Brakes
Following Distance
Because you have anti-lock brakes, do not try to tap into
your vehicle’s brake system. If you do, both brake
systems won’t work well, or at all.
Stay at least twice as far behind me vehicle ahead as you
would when driving your vehicle without a trailer. This
can help you avoid situations that require heavy braking
and sudden turns.
Driving with a Trailer
Towing a trailer requires a certain amount of experience.
Before setting out for the open road, you’ll want to get
to know your rig. Acquaint yourself with the feel of
handling and braking with the added weight of the
trailer. And always keep in mind that the vehicle you are
driving is now a good deal longer and not nearly as
responsive as your vehicle is by itself.
Before you start, checkthe trailer hitch and platform
(and attachments), safety chains, electrical connector,
lamps, tires and mirror adjustment. If the trailer has
electric brakes, start your vehicle and trailer moving and
then apply the trailer brake controller by hand to be sure
the brakes are working. This lets you check your
electrical connection at the same time.
During your trip, check occasionally to be sure that the
load is secure, and that the lamps and any trailer brakes
are still working.
4-32
Passing
You’ll need more passing distance up ahead when
you’re towing a trailer. And, because you’re a good deal
longer, you’ll need to go much farther beyond the
passed vehicle before you can return to your lane.
Backing Up
Hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand.
Then, to move the trailer to the left, just move that hand
to the left. To move the trailer to the right, move your
hand to the right. Always back up slowly and, if
possible, have someone guide you.
Making Turns
I NOTICE:
Making very sharp turns while trailering could
cause the trailer to come in contact with the
vehicle. Your vehicle could be damaged. Avoid
making very sharp turns while trailering.
When you’re turning with a trailer, make wider turns
than normal. Do this so your trailer won’t strike soft
shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees or other objects.
Avoid jerky or sudden maneuvers. Signal well
in advance.
Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer
When you tow a trailer, your vehicle may need a
different turn signal flasher and/or extra wiring. Check
with your Chevrolet dealer. The green arrows on your
instrument panel will flash whenever you signal a turn
or lane change.Properly hooked up, the trailer lamps
will also flash, telling other drivers you’re about to turn,
change lanes or stop.
When towing a trailer, the green arrows on your
instrument panel will flash for turns even if the bulbs on
the trailer are burned out. Thus, you may think drivers
behind you are seeing your signal when they are not. It’s
important tocheck occasionally to be sure the trailer
bulbs are still working.
Driving On Grades
Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear before you start
down a long or steep downgrade. If you don’t shift
down, you might have to use your brakes so much that
they would get hot and no longer work well.
On a long uphill grade, shiftdown and reduce your
speed to around 45 mph (70 km/h) to reduce the
possibility of engine and transaxle overheating.
If you are towing a trailer, you may want to drive in
DRIVE (D) instead of AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE (@)
(or, as you need to, a lower gear).
4-33
Parking onHills
You really should not park your vehicle, with a trailer
attached, on a hill. If something goes wrong, your rig
could start to move. People can be injured, and both
your vehicle and the trailer can be damaged.
When You Are Ready to Leave After
Parking on a Hill
1. Apply your regular brakes and hold the pedal down
while you:
Start your engine;
But if you ever have to park yourrig on ahill, here’s
how to do it:
Shift into a gear; and
1. Apply your regular brakes, but don’t shift into
Release the parking brake.
PARK (P) yet.
2. Let up on the brake pedal.
2. Have someone place chocks
under the trailer wheels.
3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of the chocks.
3. When the wheel chocks are in place, release the
regular brakes until the chocks absorb the load.
4. Stop and have someone pick up and store the chocks.
4. Reapply the regular brakes. Then apply your parking
brake, and then shift to PARK (P).
5 . Release the regular brakes.
Maintenance When Trailer Towing
Your vehicle will need servicemore often when you’re
pulling a trailer. See the Maintenance Schedule formore
on this. Things that are especially important in trailer
operation are automatic transaxle fluid (don’t overfill),
engine oil,belts, cooling system and brake adjustment.
Each of these is covered in this manual, and the Index
will help you find them quickly. If you’re trailering, it’s
a good idea to review these sections before you start
your trip.
Check periodically to see that all hitch nuts and bolts
are tight.
NOTES
NOTES
4-36
#
Section 5 Problems on theRoad
Here you’ll findwhat to do about some problemsthat
can occuron the road.
Hazard Warning Flashers
Your hazard warning flashers letyou warn others. They
also let policeknow you have a problem. Your front and
rear turn signal lampswill flash on andoff.
Press the switch to make your front
and rear turn signal
lamps flashon and off. Your hazard warning flashers
work no matter what position your key is in,and even
if the key isn’t in.
To turn off the flashers,press the switch again. When
the hazard warning flashers areon, your turn signals
won’t work.
Other Warning Devices
If you carry reflective triangles, you can set one up at
the side of the road about 300 feet ( 100 m) behind
your vehicle.
Jump Starting
If your battery has run down, you may want to use
another vehicle and some jumpercables to start your
Chevrolet. But please follow the steps below to do
it safely.
LA CAUTIC
T:
-
I because:
Batteries can hurt you. They can be dangerous
They contain acid that can burn you.
0 They contain .gas that can explode or ignite.
0 They contain enough electricity to
burn you.
If you don’t follow these steps exactly, someor all
of these things can hurt you.
1 NOTICE:
Ignoring these steps could result in costly damage
to your vehicle that wouldn’t be covered by your
warranty. Trying to start your Chevrolet by
pushing or pulling it won’t work, and itcould
damage your vehicle.
1. Check the other vehicle. It must have a 12-volt
battery with a negative ground system.
I NOTICE:
If the othersystem isn’t a 12-volt system witha
negative ground, both vehicles can be damaged.
2. Get the vehicles close enough so the jumper cables
can reach, but be sure the vehicles aren’t touching
each other. If they are, it could cause a ground
connection you don’t want. You wouldn’t be able to
start your Chevrolet, and the bad grounding could
damage the electrical systems.
You could be injured if the vehicles roll. Set the
parking brake firmly on each vehicle. Put an
automatic transaxle in PARK (P) or a manual
transaxle in NEUTRAL (N).
3. Turn off the ignition on both vehicles. Turn off all
lamps that aren’t needed, and radios. This will avoid
sparks and help save both batteries. And it could
save your radio!
I NOTICE:
An electric fan can start up even when the engine
is not running and can injure you. Keep hands,
clothing and tools away from any underhood
electric fan.
4. Find the positive (+) and negative (-) terminals
on each battery. Your Chevrolet has a remote
positive (+)jump starting terminal. The terminal is
on the same side of the engine compartmentas
your battery. You should always use the remote
positive (+) terminal instead of the positive (+)
terminal on your battery. To uncover the remote
positive (+) terminal, lift the red plastic cap.
If you leave your radioon, it could be badly
damaged. The repairs wouldn’t be covered by
your warranty.
5-3
5. Check that the jumper cables don’t have loose or
missing insulation.If they do, you could get a shock.
The vehicles couldbe damaged, too.
Using a match near a battery cancause battery
gas to explode. Peoplehave been hurt doing this,
and some have been blinded. Use a flashlight if
you need more light.
Be sure the battery has enough water. You don’t
need to add water to the Delco [email protected]
installed in every new GM vehicle. But if a battery
has filler caps, be
sure the right amount of fluid is
there. If it is low, add water totake care of that
first. If you don’t, explosive gas could be present.
Battery fluid contains acid that can burn you.
Don’t getit on you. If you accidentally getit in
your eyes or on your skin, flush the place with
water andget medicalhelp immediately.
5-4
Before you connect the cables, here are some basic
things you should know. Positive (+) will go to
positive (+) and negative(-) will go to negative (-)
or a metal engine
part. Don’t connect positive(+) to
negative (-), or you’ll get a short that
would damage
the battery and maybe other parts, too.
I
A CAUTION:
Fans or other moving engineparts can injure you
badly. Keepyour handsaway from moving parts
once the engines are running.
7. Don’t let the other end
touch metal. Connect it
to the positive (+)
terminal of the good
battery. Use a remote
Dositive (+) terminal if
the vehicle has one.
I
6. Connect the red positive (+) cable to the positive (+)
terminal of the vehicle with the dead battery. Use a
remote positive (+) terminal if the vehicle has one.
\
I
8. Now connect the black
negative (-) cable to
the good battery’s
negative (-) terminal.
Don’t let the other end
touch anything until the
next step. The other end
of the negative cable
doesn’t go to the
dead battery.
It goes to a heavy, unpainted, metal part on the engine of
the vehicle with the dead battery.
12. Remove the cables in reverse order to prevent
electrical shorting. Take care that they don’t touch
each other or any other metal.
-
9. Attach the cable at least 18 inches (45 cm) away
from the dead battery, but not near engine parts that
move. The electrical connection is just as good
there, but the chance of sparks getting back to the
battery is much less.
10. Now start the vehicle with the good battery and run
the engine fora while.
11. Try to start the vehicle with the dead battery.If it
won’t start after a few tries, it probably needs service.
C
A. Heavy Metal Engine Part
B. Good Battery
C. Dead Battery
+I
Towing Your Vehicle
Try to have a GM dealer or a professional towing
service tow your vehicle.
If your vehicle has been changed or modified since it
was factory-new by adding aftermarket items like fog
lamps, aero skirting or special tires and wheels, these
instructions and illustrations may not be correct.
Before you do anything, turn on the hazard
warning flashers.
When you call, tell the towing service:
That your vehicle cannot be towed from the front or
rear with sling-type equipment.
That your vehicle has front-wheel drive.
The make, model and year of your vehicle.
Whether you can still move the shift lever.
0
If there was an accident, what was damaged.
When the towing service arrives, let the tow operator
know that this manual contains detailed towing
instructions and illustrations. The operator may want
to see them.
U
-
.I
J:
To help avoid injury to you or others:
Never let passengers ride in a vehicle that is
being towed.
Never tow faster than safe orposted speeds.
Never tow with damaged parts not
fully secured.
Never get under your vehicle after it has
been lifted by the tow truck.
Always secure the vehicle on each side with
separate safety chains when towingit.
0 Never use J-hooks. Use T-hooks instead.
5-7
A vehicle can fall from a car carrierif it isn’t
adequately secured. This cancause a collision,
serious personal injury andvehicle damage. The
vehicle should be tightly secured with chains or
steel cables before it is transported.
Don’t use substitutes (ropes, leather straps,
canvas webbing, etc.)that can be cut by sharp
edges underneath the towed vehicle. Always use
T-hooks inserted in the T-hook slots. Never use
J-hooks. They will damage drivetrain and
suspension components.
When your vehicle is being towed, have the ignition
turned to the OFF position. The steering wheel should
be clamped in a straight-ahead position, with a clamping
device designed for towing service. Do not use the
vehicle’s steering column lock for this. The transaxle
should be in NEUTRAL (N) and the parking
brake released.
Don’t have your vehicle towed on the drive wheels,
unless you must. If the vehicle must be towed on the
drive wheels, be sure to follow the speed and distance
restrictions later in this section or your transaxle will be
damaged. If these limitations must be exceeded, then
the drive wheels have to be supported on a dolly.
Front Towing
NOTICE:
Do not tow withsling-type equipment or
fascidfog lamp damagewill occur. Use wheel-lift
or car carrier
equipment. Additional ramping
may be required for car carrier
equipment. Use
safety chains andwheel straps.
Towing a vehicle over rough surfaces could
damage a vehicle. Damage can occur from vehicle
to groundor vehicle to wheel-lift equipment. To
help avoid damage, raise vehicle until adequate
clearance is obtained between the ground and/or
wheel-lift equipment.
Do not attachwinch cablesor J-hooks to
suspension components when usingcar carrier
equipment. Always use T-hooksinserted in
the T-hook slots.
Attach T-hook chains in
front of the wheels, into the
side slots of the cradle, on
both sides.
Rear Towing
Tow Limits -- 35 mph (55 krdh), 50 miles (80 km)
These slots are to be used when loading or securing to
car carrierequipment.
Attach a separate safety
chain around the outboard
end of each lower
control arm.
5-10
-
NOTICE:
Do not tow withsling-type equipment or the rear
bumper valance will be damaged. Use wheel-lift
or car carrier
equipment. Additional ramping
may be required forcar carrierequipment. Use
safety chains and wheel straps.
Towing a vehicle over rough surfacescould
damage a vehicle. Damage can occur fromvehicle
to groundor vehicle to wheel-lift equipment.
To help avoid damage, install a towing dolly
and raise thevehicle until adequate clearance
is obtained between the ground and/or
wheel-lift equipment.,
Do not attachwinch cables or J-hooks to
suspension components when usingcar carrier
equipment. Always use T-hooksinserted in the
T-hook slots.
Attach T-hook chains into
the slots in the bottomof
the floor pansupport rails,
just aheadof the rear
These slots are tobe used when securing to car
carrier equipment.
Attach a separate safety
chain around the outboard
end of each.lower
control arm.
5-11
-
Engine Overheating
.
e
You will find a coolant temperature gage and the
. warning light about
a hot engine onyour instrument
panel. See “Engine Coolant
Temperature Gage” and
“Engine Coolant Temperature
Warning Light” in the
Index. You also havea LOW COOLANT light on your
instrument panel. See “Low Coolant Light” in the Index.
If Steam Is Coming From Your Engine
Steam from an overheated engine can burn you
badly, evenif you just open the hood. Stay away
from the engine if you seeor hearsteam coming
from it. Just turn it off and get everyone away
from thevehicle until itcools down. Waituntil
there is no sign of steam or coolant before
opening the hood.
If you keep driving when your engine is
overheated, the liquids in it can catch fire. You or
others ‘could bebadly burned. Stopyour engineif
it overheats, and get out of the vehicle until the
engine iscool..
NOTICE:
If your engine catches fire because you keep
driving with no coolant, your vehicle can be
badly damaged. The costly repairs would not be
covered by your warranty.
5-12
If No Steam Is Coming From Your Engine
If you get the overheat warningbut see or hear no
steam, the problem may not be too serious. Sometimes
the engine can get alittle too hot when you:
If you no longer have the overheat warning, you can
drive. Just to be safe, drive slower for about10 minutes.
If the warning doesn’t come back on, you can
drive normally.
If the warning continues, pull over, stop, and park your
vehicle right away.
Climb a long hill on a hot day.
Stop after high-speed driving.
Idle for long periods in traffic.
Tow a trailer.
If there’s still no sign of steam, you can idle the engine
for two or three minutes while you’re parked, to see
if the warning stops. But then, if you still have the
warning, turn o f t h e engine and get everyone out of .
the vehicle untilcools
it
down.
*! ? r L w & p a
p~
If you get the overheat warning with no sign of steam,
try this for aminute or so:
1. Turn off your air conditioner.
2. Turn on your heater to full hot at the highest fan
speed and open the window as necessary.
3. If you’re in a traffic jam, shift to NEUTRAL(N);
otherwise, shift to the highest gear while
driving -- AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE (@)
or DRIVE (D).
.
You may decide not to lift the hood but to get service
help right away.
When you decide it’s safe to lift the hood, here’s what
you’ll see:
3.4L LQ 1 (Code X) Engine
3.1L L82 (Code M) Engine
When you decide it’s safe to lift the hood, here’s what
you’ll see:
A. Coolant recovery tank
B. Radiator pressure cap
C. Electric engine Fans
5-14
An electric fan under the hood can start
up even
when the engine is not running and can injure
you. Keep hands, clothing and tools away from
any underhood electric fan.
If the coolant inside the coolant recovery tank is boiling,
don’t do anythingelse until it cools down.
A CAUTION:
Heater and radiatorhoses, and otherengine
parts, can be very hot. Don’t touch them. If you
do, you can be burned.
Don’t run the engine if there is a leak. If you run
the engine, it could lose all coolant. That could
cause an engine fire, and you could be burned.
Get any leak fixed before you drive thevehicle.
1 NOTICE:
The coolant level should be at or above the COLD mark.
If it isn’t, you may have a leak in the radiator hoses,
heater hoses, radiator, water pump or somewhere else in
the cooling system.
Engine damage from runningyour engine
without coolant isn’t covered by your warranty
If there seems to be no leak, with the engine on, check to
see if the electric engine fans arerunning. If the engine
is overheating, both fans should be running. If they
aren‘t, your vehicle needs service.
to the
Rea
rank
-
lant
1 NOTICE:
If you haven’t found a problem yet, but the coolant level
isn’t at the COLD mark, add a 50/50 mixture of
clean water (preferably distilled) and DEX-COOL
(orange-colored, silicate-free) antifreeze at the coolant
recovery tank. (See “Engine Coolant” in the Index for
more information.)
TM
Adding only plain water to your cooling system
can be dangerous. Plain water,or some other
liquid like alcohol, can boil before the proper
coolant mixwill. Your vehicle’s coolant warning
system is set for the proper coolant
mix. With
plain water or the wrong
mix, your engine could
get too hot butyou wouldn’t get the overheat
warning. Your engine could catch fireand you o r
others could be burned.
Use a 50/50 mix of clean
water and DEX-COOL antifreeze.
TM
5-16
In cold weather, water can freeze and crack the
engine, radiator, heater core and other parts.
Use the recommended coolant and the proper
coolant mix.
7AU'l'ION: (Continued)
--
--
pressure cap even a little they can come out
at high speed. Never turn the capwhen the
cooling system, including the radiatorpressure
cap, is hot. Wait for thecooling systemand
radiator pressure cap tocool if you ever have to
turn the pressure cap.
You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot
engine parts. Coolant contains ethylene glycol
and it will burn if the engine parts arehot
enough. Don't spill coolant on a hot engine.
When the coolant in the coolant recovery tank is at the
COLD mark, start your vehicle.
If the overheat warning continues, there's one more
thing you can try. You can add the proper coolant mix
directly to the radiator, but be sure the cooling system is
cool before you do it.
I
CAUTION:
I
Steam and scalding liquids froma hot cooling
system can blow out and burn you badly. They
are underpressure, and if you turn the radiator
CAUTION: (Continued)
5-17
v ti
lant to the
ldiator
I NOTICE:
Your engine has a specific radiator fill procedure.
Failure to follow this procedure could cause your
engine to overheat and be severelydamaged.
If you hear a hiss, wait for that to stop. A hiss means
there is still some pressure left.
2. Then keep turning
the pressure cap, but
now push down as you
turn it. Remove the
1. You can remove the
radiator pressure cap
when the cooling
system, including the
radiator pressure cap and
upper radiator hose, is
no longer hot.
Turn the pressure cap slowly counterclockwiseuntil it first
stops. (Don’t press down while turning the pressurecap.)
5-18
You can be burned if‘you spill coolant on hot
engine parts. Coolant contains ethylene glycol
and it will burn if the engine parts arehot
enough. Don’t spill coolant on a hot engine.
3. After the engine cools, open the coolantair bleed valve.
i
3.4L V6 (VIN Code X):
There are two bleed valves.
'hey are located on the
thermostat housing and
heater inlet pipe. The
lermostat housing
location is shown here.
I
3.1L V6 (VIN Code M): There are two bleed valves.
One is located on the thermostat housing. The other
is
located on the thermostat bypass tube.
5-19
If you see a stream of coolant coming from an air bleed
valve, close the valve. Otherwise, closethe valves after
the radiator is filled.
5. Rinse or wipe any spilled coolant from the engine
and compartment.
6. Then fill the coolant recovery tank to the COLD mark.
7. Put the cap back on the coolant recovery tank, but
leave the radiator pressure cap off.
10. Then replace the
pressure cap. At any
time during this
procedure if coolant
begins to flow out of
the filler neck, reinstall
the pressure cap. Be
sure the arrows on the
pressure cap line up
like this.
8. Start the engine and let it run until you can feel the
upper radiator hose getting hot. Watch out for the
engine fans.
9. By this time the coolant level inside the r'd d'lator
filler neck may be lower. If the level is lower, add
more of the proper mix through the filler neck until
the level reaches the base of the filler neck.
11. Check the coolant in the recovery tank. The level in
the coolant recovery tank should be at the HOT
mark when the engine is hot or at the COLD mark
when the engine is cold.
If a Tire Goes Flat
Changing a Flat Tire
It’s unusual for a tire to “blow out7’while you’re driving,
especially if you maintain your tires properly. If air goes
out of a tire, it’s much more likely to leak out slowly.
But if you should ever have a “blowout,” here are a few
tips about what to expectand what to do:
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire and wheel damage
by driving slowly to a level place. Turn on your hazard
warning flashers.
If a front tire fails, the flat tirewill create adrag that
pulls the vehicle toward that side. Take your foot off the
accelerator pedal and grip the steering wheel firmly.
Steer to maintain lane position, and then gently brake to
a stop well out of the traffic lane.
A rear blowout, particularly on a curve, acts much like a
skid and may require the same correction you’d use in a
skid. In any rear blowout, remove your foot fromthe
accelerator pedal. Get the vehicle under control by
steering the way you want the vehicle to go. It may be
very bumpy and noisy, but you can still steer. Gently
brake to a stop -- well off the road if possible.
If a tire goes flat, the next part shows how to use your
jacking equipment to change a flattire safely.
L
Changing a tire can cause an injury. The vehicle
can slip off the jack androll over you or other
people. You and they could bebadly injured.
Find a level place to change your tire. To help
prevent the vehicle from moving:
1. Set the parking brake firmly.
2. Put the shiftlever in PARK (P).
3. Turn off the engine.
To be even more certain thevehicle won’t move,
you can put blocks at the frontand rearof the
tire farthestaway from the one being changed.
That would be the tireon the otherside of the
vehicle, at the opposite end.
remove thecover.
I
The following steps will tell
you how to use thejack and
change a tire.
I
Turn the wingnut
counterclockwise and
remove it. Then liftoff the
spacer and remove the spare
tire. See “Compact Spare
Tire” later inthis section for
more information about the
compact spare.
5-23
1
A
C
Turn the nut holding the jack and wrench
the
counterclockwise and remove it. Then remove
jack and wrench.
The tools you’ll be using include the jack (A),
socket (B) and wheel wrench (C).
If there is a wheel cover, loosen the nut caps
with the
off. Then, using the
wheel wrench. They won’t come
flat endof the wheel wrench,pry along the edgeof the
wheel cover untilit comes off. Be careful; the edgemay
be sharp.Don’t try to remove the coverwith your
bare hands.
To remove a center cap, use thewrench to pry gently at
the notch. Don’t usea tool that is narrower than the
wrench topry at this notch.
If your vehicle has wheel nut caps, remove
them using
the wheel wrench.
5-25
Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the
Spare Tire
1. us1118
LIK W I I C ; ~wrench, loosen all the wheel nuts.
Don’t remove them yet.
2. Turn the jack handle clockwise to raise the jack lift
head a few inches.
5-26
3. Position the jack under
the vehicle and raise the
jack lift head until it fits
firmly into the notch in
the vehicle’s frame
nearest the flat tire.
Getting under a vehicle whenit is jacked up is
dangerous. If the vehicle slips off the ,jack, you
could be badly injured or killed. Never get under
a vehicle whenit is supported only by a jack.
Put the compact spare tire near you.
NOTICE:
Raising your vehicle withthe jackimproperly
positioned will damage the vehicle or may allow
the vehicle to fall off the jack.Be sure tofit the
jack lift head into the properlocation before
raising yourvehicle.
4. Raise the vehicle by turning the jack handle
clockwise. Raise the vehicle far enough off the
ground for the spare tire to fit under the vehicle.
5 . Remove all wheel nuts and take off the flat tire.
5-27
6. Remove any rust or dirt
from the wheel bolts,
mounting surfaces and
spare wheel.
, , ,.
, .
Never use oilor grease on studs or nuts. If you
do, the nutsmight come loose. Your wheel could
fall off, causing a serious accident.
7. Replace the wheel nuts
with the rounded end
of the nuts toward the
wheel. Tighten each nut
by hand until the wheel
is held against the hub.
Rust or dirt on the wheel, or on the parts to
which it is fastened, can make the wheel nuts
become looseafter a time. The wheel could come
off and cause an accident. When you change a
wheel, remove any rust or dirtfrom the places
where the wheel attaches to thevehicle. In an
emergency, you can use a cloth or a paper towel
to do this; but be sure touse a scraper orwire
brush later, if you need to, to get all the rustor
dirt off.
L
5-28
9. Tighten the wheel nuts
firmly in a crisscross
sequence as shown.
8. Lower the vehicle by turning the jack handle
counterclockwise. Lowerthe jack completely.
Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened
wheel nuts can cause the wheel to become loose
and even come off.This could lead to an accident.
Be sure touse the correctwheel nuts. If you have
to replace them, be sure toget new GM original
equipment wheel nuts.
Stop somewhere as soon as you can and have the
nuts tightened with a torque wrench to 100 lb-ft
(140 Nom).
NOTICE:
Improperly tightened wheel nuts can lead to
brake pulsation and rotordamage. To avoid
expensive brake repairs, evenly tighten the wheel
nuts in the propersequence and to the proper
torque specification.
10. Don't try to put a wheel cover on your compact spare
tire, It won't fit. Store the wheel coverin the trunk
until you have the flat tire repaired or replaced.
I NOTICE:
Wheel covers won't fit on your compact spare. If
you try toput a wheel cover on your compact
spare, you could damage the cover or the spare.
5-30
Storing the Flat Tire andTools
I
' A CAUTI(
I
Storing a jack, a tire or other equipment in the
passenger compartment of the vehicle could
cause injury. In a sudden stop or collision, loose
equipment could strike someone. Store all these
in the properplace.
After you've put the compact spare tire on yourvehicle
you'll need to store the flat tire in your trunk. Use the
following procedure to secure the flat tire in the trunk.
Put the flat tire in the trunk so the side that faces out
when it is on the vehicle is facing down. The full-size
tire will not fit down into the well. Place it so the front is
in the well and therear is out of the well.
Put the bolt through one of the wheel nut holes, install
the retainer over the bolt, then install the wing nut. Put
the spacer and nut next to the tire in the well. Store the
cover as far forward as possible.
The compact spare is for temporary use only. Replace
the compact spare tire with a full-size tire as soon as you
can. See “Compact Spare”in the Index. See the storage
instructions label to replace your compact spare into
your trunk properly.
When you install the wheel cover on the full-size tire,
tighten the nut caps to 5 Ib-ft (7 Nsm).
Storin thc $pareTire and Tools
~
I
1. Nut
2. Cover
~A
CAUTION:
3. Wing Nut
4. Spacer
Storing ajack, a tire or other equipment in the
passenger compartmentof the vehicle could
cause injury. Ina sudden stop or collision, loose
equipment could strike someone. Store all these
in the proper place.
5. Tire
6. Wrench
7. Nut
8. Retainer
9. Jack
10. Bolt
5-32
qare
Although the compact spare tirewas fully inflated when
your vehicle was new, it can lose air after a time.Check
the inflation pressure regularly. It should be 60 psi
(420 kPa).
After installingthe compact spare on your vehicle, you
should stop as soon as possible and make sure your
spare tire is correctly inflated. The compact spare
is
made to perform well at posted speed limits for
distances up to 3,000 miles (5 000 km), so you can
finish your trip and have your full-size tire repaired or
replaced where you want. Of course, it’s best to replace
your spare with a full-size tire
as soon as you can. Your
spare will last longer and be in good shape in case you
need it again.
NOTICE:
When the compact spare is installed, don’t take
your vehicle through an automatic car wash with
guide rails. The compact spare can get caught on
the rails. That can damage the tire andwheel,
and maybe other parts of your vehicle.
Don’t use your compact spareon other vehicles.
And don’t mix your compact spare tire or wheel with
other wheels or tires’. They won’t fit. Keep your spare
tire and its wheel together.
NOTICE:
Tire chains won’t fit your compact spare. Using
them can damage your vehicle and can damage
the chains too. Don’t usetire chains on your
compact spare.
If You’re Stuck: In Sand, Mud,
Ice or Snow
What you don’t want to do when your vehicle is stuck is
to spin your wheels too fast. The method known as
“rocking” can help you get out when you’re stuck, but
you must use caution.
I NOTICE:
Spinning your wheels can destroy parts of your
vehicle as well as the tires. If you spin thewheels
too fast while shifting your transaxle back and
forth, you can destroy your transaxle.
For information about using tire chains on your vehicle,
see “Tire Chains” in the Index.
If you let your tires spin at high speed, they can
explode, and you or others could beinjured.
And, the transaxleor other partsof the vehicle
can overheat. That could cause an engine
compartment fireor other damage. When you’re
stuck, spin the wheels as little as possible. Don’t
spin thewheels above 35 mph (55 km/h) as shown
on the speedometer.
5-34
Rocking Your Vehicle to Get it Out
First, turn your steering wheel left and right. That will
clear the area around your front wheels. Then shift back
and forth between REVERSE (R)and a forward gear,
spinning the wheels as little as possible. Release the
accelerator pedal while you shift, and press lightly on
the accelerator pedal when the transaxle is in gear. If
that doesn’t get you out after a few tries, you may need
to be towed out. If you do need to be towed out, see
“Towing Your Vehicle” in the Index.
NOTES
5-35
NOTES
5-36
Section 6 Service and Appearance Care
Here you will find information about thecare of your
Doing Your Own Service Work
Chevrolet. This, section begins with service and
fuel
information, and then it shows how to check ,important fluid If you want to do some of your own service work, you’ll
want to get the proper Chevrolet Service Manual. It tells
andlubricantlevels.
There is alsotechnicalinformation
you much more about how to service your Chevrolet
about your vehicle, and
a p‘art devoted to its appearance
care.
than this manual can. To order the proper service
manual, see “Service and Owner Publications”in
Service
the Index.
Your Chevrolet dealer knows your vehicle best and wants
Your vehicle has an air bag system. Before attempting to
you to be happy with it. We hope you’ll go to your dealer
do your own service work, see “Servicing Your Air
for all your service needs. You’ll get genuine GM parts
Bag-Equipped Chevrolet” in the Index.
and GM-trained and supported service people.
You should keep a record with all parts receipts and list
We hope you’ll want to keep your GM vehicle all GM.
the mileage and the date of any service work you
Genuine GM parts have one of these marks:
perform. See “Maintenance Record” in the Index.
n
V
6-1
~~~
~
~~~
could provide improved driveability and emission control
system protection comparedto other gasolines.
You can be injured and your vehicle could be
damaged if you try to do service work on a
vehicle without knowing enough about it.
0 Be sure you have sufficient knowledge,
experience, and the proper replacement
parts and tools before you attempt any
vehicle maintenance task.
Be sure to use the proper nuts, bolts and
other fasteners. “English” and “metric”
fasteners can be easily confused. If you use
the wrong fasteners, parts can later break
or fall off.You could be hurt.
Fuel
Use regular unleaded gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher.
At a.minimum,it should meet specificatiom.ASTM D4814
in the United States andCGSB 3.5-M93 in Canada.
Improved gasoline specifications have been developed by
the American Automobile Manufacturers Association
(AAMA)
for better vehicle performance and engine
protection. Gasolines meting the AAMA specification
6-2
Be surethe posted octane isat least 87. If the octane is
less than 87, you may get a heavy knocking noise when
you drive. If it’s bad enough, it candamage your engine.
If you’re using fuel rated at 87 octane orhigher and you
still hear heavy knocking, your engineneeds service.
But don’t worry if youhear a little pinging noise when
you’re accelerating or driving up a hill. That’s normal,
and you don’t have to buy a higher octane fuel to getrid
of pinging. It’s the heavy, constant knock that means
you have a problem.
If your vehicle is certified to meet California Emission
Standards (indicated on the underhood tune-up label),
it is designed to operate on fuelsthat meet California
specifications. If such fuels arenot available in states
adopting California emissions standards, your vehicle
will operate satisfactorily on fuelsmeeting federal
specifications, but emission control system performance
may be affected. The malfunction indicator lamp on
your instrument panel may turn on and/or your vehicle
may fail a smog-check test. If this occurs, return to your
authorized Chevrolet dealer for diagnosis to determine
the cause of failure. In the event itis determined that the
cause of the condition is the type of fuels used, repairs
may not be covered by your warranty.
In Canada, some gasolinescontain an octane-enhancing
additive called MMT. If you use such fuels, your
emission control system performance may deteriorate
and the malfunction indicator lamp on your instrument
panel may turn on. If this happens, return to your
authorized Chevrolet dealer for service.
To provide cleaner air, all gasolines are now required to
contain additives that will help prevent deposits from
forming in your engine and fuel system, allowing your
emission control system to function properly. Therefore,
you should not have to add anything to the fuel. In
addition, gasolines containing oxygenates,such as ethers
and ethanol, and reformulated gasolines may be
available in your area to help clean the air. General
Motors recommends that you use these gasolines if they
comply with the specifications describedearlier.
NOTICE:
Fuels in Foreign‘loun
If you plan on driving in another country outside the
United States or Canada, the proper fuel may be hard
to find. Neveruse leaded gasoline orany other fuel not
recommended in the previous text on fuel. Costly repairs
caused by use of improper fuelwouldn’t be covered by
your warranty.
To check on fuel availability, ask an auto club, or
contact a major oil company that does business in the
country where you’ll be driving.
You can also write us at the following address for
advice. Just tell us where you’re going and give your
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).
General Motors Overseas Distribution Corporation,
North American Export Sales (NAES)
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L l H 8P7
Your vehicle was not designedfor fuel that
contains methanol. Don’t use it. It can corrode
metal parts in your fuel system and also damage
plastic and rubber parts. That damage wouldn’t
be covered under your warranty.
6-3
I
Filling Your Tank
The cap is behind a hinged door on the left side of
your vehicle..
While refueling; hang tbe
cap inside the fuel door.
To take off the cap, turn it slowlyto the left
(counterclockwise).
: Gasoline vapor is highly flammable. It burns
violently, and thatcan cause very bad injuries.
Don’t smokeif yousrenear gasoline or reheling
your veh;ieIe. Keep sparks, flames, and smoking
materials away from gasoline.
6-4
If you get gasoline on yourself and then
something ignites it, you could be badly burned.
Gasoline can spray outon you if you open the
fuel filler cap too quickly. This spray can happen
if your tank is nearly full, and is more likely in
hot weather. Open the fuel filler cap slowly and
wait for any “hiss” noise to stop. Then unscrew
the capall the way.
Be careful not to spill gasoline. Clean gasoline from
painted surfaces as soon as possible. See “Cleaning the
Outside of Your Chevrolet” in the Index.
When you put the cap back on, turn it to the right until
you hear at least three clicks. Make sure you fully install
the cap. The diagnosticsystem can determine if the fuel
cap has been left off or improperly installed. This would
allow fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere. See
“Malfunction Indicator Lamp” in the Index.
NOTICE:
If you need a new cap, be sure toget the right
type. Your dealer can get one for you. If you get
the wrong type, it may not fit or have proper
venting, and your fuel tank and emissions system
might be damaged.
6-5
Checking ThingsUnder the Hood
Hood Release
To open the'hood, first pull
the handle inside the vehicle.
An' electric fan under the hood'can'
start up and
injure you even whenthe engine is not running.
Keep hands, clothing and tools awayfrom any
underhood electric fan.
I
Things that burncan get onhot engine parts and
start a fire. Theseinclude liquids like gasoline,
oil, coolant, brake fluid, windshield washer and
other fluids, and plastic or rubber. You or others
could be burned. Be careful not to drop orspill
things that will burn onto a hot engine.
6-6
-
Then go to the front of the
vehicle and release the
secondary hood release.
Lift the hood.
When you open the hood on the 3.1 L L82 (Code M) engine, you’ll see:
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
Engine Coolant Reservoir
Radiator Fill Cap
Power Steering Fluid Reservoir
Engine Oil Fill Cap
Engine Oil Dipstick
E
G.
H.
I.
J.
Automatic Transaxle Dipstick
Brake Fluid Reservoir
Air Cleaner
Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir
Batte~y(located under Windshield Washer Reservoir)
!i
When you open thehood on the 3.4L LQ1 (Code X) engine, you’ll see:
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
Engine Coolant Reservoir
Radiator Fill Cap
Power Steering Fluid Reservoir
Engine Oil FillCap
Engine Oil Dipstick
6-8
E Automatic Transaxle Dipstick
G . Brake Fluid Reservoir
H. Air Cleaner
I. Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir
J. Battery (located under Windshield Washer Reservoir)
\
I
Before closing the hood, besure all the filler caps are on
properly. Then just pull the hood down and close it firmly.
Engine Oil
LOW
OIL
If the LOW OIL light on the
instrument panel comes on,
it means you need to check
your engine oil level right
away. For more
information, see “Low Oil
Level Light” in the Index.
You should check your
engine oil level regularly;
this is an added reminder.
3.1L L82 (Code M) Engine
The engine oil dipstick handle is the yellow loop near
the front of the engine.
It’s a good idea to check your engine oil after you get
fuel. In order to get an accurate reading, the oil must be
hot and the vehicle must be on level ground.
6-9
Checking EngineOil
Pull out the,dipstick and clean with
it a paper towelor
cloth, thenpush it back in all theway, Remove it again,
keeping the tip down, and check the level.
,
/
:
When to Add Oil
t
I
I
3.4L LQ1 (Code X) Engine
Turn off the engine and give the oil
20 minutes to drain
back into the oil pan.
If you don’t, the oil dipstick might
not show the actual level.
6-10
If the oil isat or below the upper mark,then you’ll need
to add some oil. But
you must use the right kind. This
part explainswhat kind of oil to use. For crankcase
capacity, see “Capacitiesand Specifications” in
the Index.
NOTICE:
Don’t add too much
oil. If your engine’hasSO
much oil that the oil level gets above the
cross-hatched area that shows the proper
operating range, your engine could
be damaged.
: Kind of Oil to
Oils recommended for your vehicle can be identified by
looking for the “Starburst” symbol. This symbol
indicates that the oil has been certified by the American
Petroleum Institute (API). Do not use any oil which
does not carry this Starburst symbol.
1
3.1 L L82 (Code M) Engine
3.4L LQ 1 (Code X) Engine
I f you change your own oil,
i be sure you use oil that has
the Starburst symbol onthe
front of the oil container.
Just fill it enough to put the level somewhere in the
proper operating range. Push the dipstick all the way
back in when you’re through.
If you have your oil changed for you, be sure the oil put
into your engine is American Petroleum Institute
certified for gasoline engines.
You should also use the proper viscosity oil for your
vehicle, as shown in the following chart:
6-11
RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITY GRADE ENGINE OILS
~~~
~
FOR BEST FUEL ECONOMY AND COLD STARTING, SELECT THE LOWEST
SAE VISCOSITY GRADE OIL FOR THE EXPECTED TEMPERATURE RANGE.
LOOK
FOR THIS
SYMBOL
HOT
WEATHER
7
“F
k
“C
100-
. + 38
+ 80 -
-
+ 27
+ 60 -
-
+ 16
+ 40 -
- +4
+ 20.
--7
0-
--18
i
SAE 1OW-30
SAE gW-30
PREFERRED
COLD
WEATHER
DO NOT USE SAE 2OW-50 OR ANY OTHER
GRADE OIL NOT RECOMMENDED
As shown in the chart, unless you have the 3.4L engine,
SAE 5W-30 is best for your vehicle. However, you can
use SAE 1OW-30 if it’s going to be 0°F (-18°C)
or above. These numbers on an oil container show its
viscosity, or thickness. Do not use other viscosity oils,
such as SAE 20W-50.
RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITY GRADE ENGINE OILS
FOR BESTFUELECONOMYANDCOLDSTARTING,SELECT
ME LOWEST
SAE VISCOSITY GRADE OIL FORTHE EXPECTED TEMPERATURE RANGE.
-~
-~
LOOK
FOR MIS
SYMBOL
MOT
WEATHER
8 -
I
I NOTICE:
Use only engine oil with
the American Petroleum
Institute Certified For Gasoline Engines
“Starburst” symbol. Failureto use the
recommended oil can result in engine damage
not coveredby your warranty.
SAE 1OW-30
PREFERRED
above 0°F
(-18T)
j
As shown in the chart, if you have the 3.4L engine,
SAE IOW-30 is best for your vehicle. However, you can
use SAE 5W-30 if it’s going to be colder than 60°F
( 16°C) before your next oil change. When it’s very cold,
you should use SAE 5W-30. These numbers on an oil
container show its viscosity, or thickness. Do not use
other viscosity oils, such as SAE 20W-50.
GM [email protected] meets all the requirements for
your vehicle.
ngin -
l-7
SAE 5w-30
COLD
WEATHER
Don’t add anything to your oil. Your Chevrolet dealer is
ready to advise if you think something should be added.
DO NOT USE SAE 2OW-50OR ANY OTHER
GRADE OIL NOT RECOMMENDED
6-13
When to Change EngineOil
What to Do with Used Oil
See if any one of these is true for you:
Did you know that used engine oil contains certain
elements that may be unhealthy for your skin and could
even cause cancer? Don’t let used oil stay on your skin
for very long. Clean your skin and nails with soap and
water, or a good hand cleaner. Wash or properly throw
away clothing or rags containing used engine oil. (See
the manufacturer’s warnings about the use and disposal
of oil products.)
0
Most trips are lessthan 5 to 10 miles (8 to 16 km).
This is particularly important when outside
temperatures are below freezing.
0
Most trips include extensiveidling (such as frequent
driving in stop-and-go traffic).
0
Most trips are through dusty areas.
0
You frequently tow a trailer or use acarrier on top of
your vehicle.
0
The vehicle is used for delivery service, police, taxi
or other commercial application.
Driving under these conditionscauses engine oil to
break down sooner. If any one of these is true for your
vehicle, then you need to change your oil and filter
every 3,000 miles (5 000 km) or 3 months -- whichever
occurs first.
If none of them is true, change the oil and filter every
7,500 miles (12 500 km) or 12 months -- whichever
occurs first. Driving a vehicle with a fully warmed
engine under highway conditions causes engineoil to
break down slower.
6-14
Used oil can be a real threat to the environment. If you
change your own oil, be sure to drain all free-flowing oil
from the filter before disposal. Don’t ever disposeof oil
by putting it in the trash, pouring it on the ground, into
sewers, or into streams or bodies of water. Instead,
recycle it by taking it to a place that collects used oil. If
you have a problem properly disposing of your used oil,
ask your dealer, a service station or a local recycling
center for help.
Air Cleaner
Pull out the filter. Be sure to install the air filter and
install the cover tightly when you are finished.
To check or replace the air filter, remove the four screws
and pull off the cover.
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine when to
replace the air filter.
See “Scheduled Maintenance Services” in the Index.
6-15
-
,A CAUTION:
Operating theengine withthe air cleaner off
can cause you or othersto be burned. Theair
cleaner not only cleansthe air, it stops flame if
the engine backfires.If it isn’t there, and the
engine backfires, you could beburned. Don’t
drive with it off, and be careful working on the
engine withthe air cleaner off.
Automatic Transaxle Fluid
When to Check and Change
A good time to check your automatic transaxle fluid
level is when the engine oil is changed.
Change both the fluid and filter every
50,000 miles
(83 000 km)if the vehicleis mainly driven under one or
more of these conditions:
In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature
regularly reaches90°F (32°C) or higher.
In hilly or mountainous terrain.
NOTICE:
If the air cleaner is off, a backfire can cause a
damaging engine fire. And,dirt can easily get
into yourengine, which willdamage it. Always
have the air cleaner in place when you’redriving.
6-16
.
0
When doing frequent trailer towing.
0
Uses such as foundin taxi, police or delivery service.
If you do not use your vehicleunder any of these
conditions, the fluid and filter not
do require changing.
See “Scheduled MaintenanceServices’’ in the Index.
How to Check
Because this operation can be a little difficult, you may
choose to have this done at your Chevrolet dealer
Service Department.
If you do it yourself, be sureto follow all the instructions
here, or you could get a false reading on the dipstick.
NOTICE:
Too much or too little fluid can damage your
transaxle. Too much can mean that some of the
fluid could comeout and fall on hot engine parts
or exhaust system parts,starting a fire.Be sure to
get an accurate reading ifyou check your
transaxle fluid.
Wait at least 30 minutes before checking the transaxle
fluid level if you have been driving:
0
To get the right reading, the fluid should be at normal
operating temperature, which is 180°F to 200°F
(82°C to 93°C).
Get the vehicle warmed up by driving about 15 miles
(24 km) when outside temperatures are above 50°F
(10°C). If it's colder than 50°F (lO"C), you may have
to drive longer.
Checking the Fluid Level
0
Park your vehicle on a level place. Keep the
engine running.
0
With the parking brake applied, place the shift lever
in PARK (P).
0
With your foot on the brake pedal, move the shift
lever through each gear range, pausing for about
three seconds in each range. Then, position the shift
lever in PARK (P).
e Let the engine run at idle for three to five minutes.
When outside temperatures are above 90°F (32°C).
At high speed for quite a while.
0
11-1 heavy traffic -- especially i n hot weather
While pulling a trailer.
6-17
Then, without shutting off the engme, follow these steps:
3.1L L82 (Code M) Engine 3.4L
3.1L L82 (Code M) Engine
3.4L LQl (Code X) Engine
1 , The transaxle fluid dipstick handle is the red loop
near the back of the engine. Pull out the dipstick and
wipe it with a clean rag or paper towel.
2. Push it back in all the way, wait three seconds and
then pull it back out again.
4-18
LQI. (Code X) Engine
3. Check both sides of the dipstick, and read the
lower level. The fluid level must be in the
cross-hatched area.
4. If the fluid level is in the acceptable range, push the
dipstick back in all the way.
How to Add Fluid
Engine Coolant
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what
kind of transaxle fluid to use. See “Recommended
Fluids and Lubricants” in the Index.
The cooling system in your vehicle is filled with new
DEX-COOL (orange-colored, silicate-free) engine
coolant. This coolant is designed to remain in your
vehicle for 5 years or 100,000 miles ( 166 000 km),
whichever occurs first.
If the fluid level is low, add only enough of the proper
fluid to bring the level into the cross-hatched area on
the dipstick.
1. Pull out the dipstick.
2. Using a long-neck funnel, add enough fluid at the
dipstick hole to bring it to the proper level. It doesn’t
take much fluid, generally less than a pint (OSL).
Don ’t overfill. We recommend you use only fluid
labeled [email protected],because fluid with that
label is made especially for your automatic transaxle.
Damage causedby fluid other than [email protected]
is not covered by your new vehicle warranty.
0
0
After adding fluid, recheck the fluid level as
described under “How to Check.”
When the correct fluid level is obtained, push the
dipstick back in all the way.
TM
The following explains your cooling
system and how to
add coolant when it is low. If you have a problem with
engine overheatingor if you need to add coolant to your
radiator, see “Engine Overheating”in the Index.
A 50/50 mixture of water and the proper coolant for
your Chevrolet will:
0
Give freezing protection down to -34°F (-37°C).
0
Give boiling protection up to 265°F (129°C).
Protect against rust and corrosion.
0
Help keep the proper engine temperature.
0
Let the warning lights and gages work as they
should.
GM Engine Coolant Supplement (sealer) (GM Part
No. 3634621) with any complete coolant change. If you
use this mixture, you don’t need to add anything else.
NOTICE:
When adding coolant it is important thatyou use
DEX-COOL TM (orange-colored, silicate-free)
coolant meeting GM Specification 6277M.
If silicated coolant is added to thesystem,
premature engine, heater core or radiator
corrosion may result. In addition, theengine
coolant will require change sooner at
30,000 miles (50 000 km) or 24 months
whichever occurs first.
--
What toUse
Use a mixture of one-half clean water (preferably
distilled) and one-half DEX-COOL (orange-colored,
silicate-free) antifreeze that meets GM Specification
6277M, which won’t damage aluminum parts. Use
TM
Adding only plain water toyour cooling system
can be dangerous. Plain water, or some other
liquid like alcohol, can boil before the proper
coolant mix will. Your vehicle’s coolant warning
system isset for the propercoolant mix. With
plain water or the wrong mix, your engine could
get too hot but you wouldn’t get the overheat
warning. Your engine could catch fire and you or
others could be burned. Use a 50/50 mix of clean
water and DEX-COOL (orange-colored,
silicate-free) antifreeze.
TM
NOTICE:
Checking Coolant
If you use an impropercoolant mix, your
engine could overheat andbe badly damaged.
The repair cost wouldn’tbe covered by your
warranty. Too much waterin themix can freeze
and crack theengine, radiator, heater core and
other parts.
If you have to add coolant more than four times
year,
a
have your dealer check your cooling system.
I NOTICE:
If you use the propercoolant, you don’t have to
add extra inhibitors or additives which claim to
improve the system. These can be harmful.
rWhen your engine is cold, the coolant level should be at
higher. When .your engine is
the COLD mark or a little
warm, the level should be up to the HOT mark or a
little higher.
6-21
If this light comeson, it
means you’re low on
engine coolant.
LOW
COOLANT
Thrning the radiatorpressure cap when the
engine and radiator arehot can allow steam and
scalding liquids to blow out and burnyou badly.
With the coolant recovery tank, you will almost
never have to add coolant at the radiator.
Never turn the radiatorpressure cap even a
little when the engine and radiator arehot.
--
--
Adding Coolant
If you need more coolant, add the proper mix at the
coolant recovery tank.
If the coolant recovery tank is completely empty, add
coolant to the radiator. (See “Engine Overheating” in
the Index.)
Add coolant mix at the recovery tank, but be careful not
to spill it.
A CAUTION:
You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot
engine parts. Coolant contains ethylene glycol,
and itwill burn if the engine parts arehot
enough. Don’t spill coolant on a hot engine.
6-22
,
Radiator Pressure Cap
Power Steering Fluid
NOTICE:
Your radiator cap is a 15 psi (105kPa)
pressure-type cap and must be tightly installed
to prevent coolantloss and possible engine
damage from overheating.Be sure the arrows
on the cap line up with the overflow tube on
the radiatorfiller neck.
When you replace your radiator pressure cap, an [email protected]
cap is recommended.
3.1L L82 (Code M) Engine
Thermostat
When to Check Power Steering Fluid
Engine coolant temperature is controlled by a thermostat
in the engine coolant system. The thermostat stops the
flow of coolant through the radiator until the coolant
reaches a preset temperature.
It is not necessary to regularly check power steering
fluid unless you suspect there is a leak in the system or
you hear an unusual noise. A fluid loss-inthis system
could indicate aproblem. Have the system inspected
and repaired.
When you replace your thermostat, an [email protected]
is recommended.
3.4L LQI (Code X) Engine
6-23
How To Check
Power
Steering
Fluid
Windshield
Washer
Fluid
When the engine compartment is cool,
unscrew the cap
What to Use
and wipe the dipstick
with a clean rag. Replace the cap
to
and completely tighten it. Then remove the cap, again When you need windshield washer fluid, be sure read
the manufacturer’s instructions before
use. If you will be
and look at the fluid level on the dipstick.
operating your vehicle in an area where the temperature
When the engine
may fall below freezing, use a fluidthat has sufficient
compartment is hot, the
protection against freezing.
Adding Washer Fluid
What to Use
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine
what
kind of fluid touse. See “Recommended Fluidsand
Lubricants” inthe Index. Always use the proper fluid.
Failure to use the proper fluidcan cause leaks and
damage hosesand seals.
Open the cap labeled
WASHER FLUID O m Y . Add
washer fluid until the tank is full.
Brakes
Brake Fluid
0
0
0
0
When using concentrated washer fluid,
follow the manufacturer’s instructions for
adding water.
Don’t mix water with ready-to-use washer
fluid. Water can cause the solution to freeze
and damage yourwasher fluid tank and
other partsof the washer system. Also,
water doesn’t clean as well as washer fluid.
Fill your washer fluid tank only 3/4 full
when it’s very cold.This allows for
expansion, which could damage the tank
if it is completely full.
Don’t use radiator antifreeze in your
windshield washer. It can damage your
washer system and paint.
Your brake master cylinder reservoir is here. It is filled
with DOT-3 brake fluid.
There are only two reasons why the brake fluid level in the
reservoir might go down. The first is that the brake fluid
goes down to an acceptable level during normal brake
lining wear. When new linings are put in, the fluid level
goes back up. The other reason is that fluidis leaking out
of the brake system.If it is, you should have your brake
system fixed, sincea leak means that sooner or later your
brakes won’t work well,or won’t work at all.
So, it isn’t a good idea to “top off’ your brake fluid.
Adding brake fluid won’t correct a leak. If you add fluid
when your linings are worn, then you’ll have too much
fluid when you get new brake linings. You should add
(or remove) brake fluid, as necessary, only when work is
done on the brake hydraulic system.
When your brake fluid falls to a low level, your brake
warning light will come on. See “Brake System
Warning
Light” in the Index.
What to Add
When you do need brake fluid, use only DOT-3 brake
fluid -- such as Delco Supreme 11 (GM Part
No. 1052535). Use new brake fluid from a sealed
container only, and always clean the brake fluid
reservoir cap before removing it.
@
With the wrong kind of fluid in your brake
system, your brakes may not work well, or they
may not even work at all. This could cause a
crash. Always usethe proper brakefluid.
If you have too muchbrake fluid, it can spill on
the engine. The fluid will burn if the engineis hot
enough. You or others could be burned, and your
vehicle could be damaged. Add brake fluid only
when work is done onthe brake hydraulic system.
6-26
NOTICE:
0
0
Using the wrong fluid can badly damage
brake system parts. Forexample, just a few
drops of mineral-based oil, such as engine
oil, in yourbrake system can damage brake
system parts so badly that they’ll have to be
replaced. Don’t let sonleone put in the
wrong kind of fluid.
If you spill brake fluid on your vehicle’s
painted surfaces, the paint
finish can be
damaged. Be careful not to spill brake fluid
on your vehicle. If you do, wash it off
immediately. See “Appearance Care” in
the Index.
Brake Wear
Your Chevrolet has four-wheel disc brakes.
Disc brake pads have built-in wear indicators that make
a high-pitched warning sound when the brake pads
are worn and new pads are needed. The sound may
come and go or beheard all the time your vehicle is
moving (except when you are pushing on the brake
pedal firmly).
The brake wear warning sound means that
sooner or later your brakeswon’t work well.
That could lead to anaccident. When you hear
the brake wear warning sound, have your
vehicle serviced.
6-27
I NOTICE:
Continuing to drive with worn-out brake pads
could result in costly brake repair.
Some driving conditionsor climates may cause a brake
squeal when the brakes are first applied or lightly applied.
This does not mean something is wrong with your brakes.
Free movement of brake calipers and properly torqued
wheel nuts are necessary to help prevent brake
pulsation. When tires are rotated,inspect brake calipers
for movement, brake pads for wear, and evenly torque
wheel nuts in the proper sequenceto GM specifications.
Brake linings should always be replaced as complete
axle sets.
Brake Pedal Travel
See your dealer if the brake pedal does not return to
normal height, or if there is arapid increase in pedal
travel. This could be a sign of brake trouble.
Brake Adjustment
Every time you apply the brakes, with or without the
vehicle moving, your brakes adjust for wear.
6-28
Replacing Brake System Parts
The braking system on a modern vehicle is complex.
Its many parts have to be of top quality and work well
together if the vehicle is to have really good braking.
Vehicles we design and test have top-quality GM brake
parts in them, as your Chevrolet does when it is new.
When you replace parts of your braking system -- for
example, when your brake linings wear down and you
have to have new ones put in -- be sure you get new
genuine GM replacement parts. If you don’t, your
brakes may no longer work properly. For example, if
someone puts in brake linings that are wrong for your
vehicle, the balance between your front and rear brakes
can change -- for the worse. The braking performance
you’ve come to expect can change in many other ways if
someone puts in the wrong replacement brake parts.
Battery
Every new Chevrolet has a Delco [email protected]
You never have to add water to one of these. When
it’s time for a new battery, we recommend a Delco
[email protected] Get one that has the replacement
number shown on the original battery’s label.
Vehicle Storage
Bulb Replacement
If you’re not going to drive your vehicle for 25 days
or more, take off the black, negative (-) cable from
the battery. This will help keep your battery from
running down.
In this section you’ll find directions for changing the
bulbs in some of the lamps on your Chevrolet. See
“Replacement Bulbs” i n the Index to find the type
of bulb you should use.
’ A CAUTION:
Halogen Bulbs
I
Batteries have acid that can burn you and gas
that can explode. You can be badly hurt if you
aren’t careful. See “Jump Starting” in theIndex
for tips on working around a battery without
getting hurt.
Contact your dealer to learn how to prepare your vehicle
for longer storage periods.
Also, for your audio system, see “Theft-Deterrent
Feature” in the Index.
Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside and
can burst if you drop orscratch thebulb. You or
others could be injured. Be sure to read and
follow the instructionson the bulb package.
Headlamps
1 . Open the hood.
2. Press and turn the base a quarter-turn
(counterclockwise for the driver’s side; clockwise
for the passenger’s side) and remove it from the
retaining ring by gently pulling it back and away
from the headlamp.
6-29
Front Park andTurn Signal Lamp
3. Remove the electrical connector from the bulb by
raising the lock tab and pulling the connector away
from the bulb's base.
4. Install the electrical connector to the bulb.
5. Install the new bulb by inserting the smallest tab on
the bulb baseinto the matching notch in the retaining
ring. Turn the bulb a quarter-turn clockwise until
it stops.
6. Close thehood.
1. Open the hood. There is one flap on each side of
the radiator.
2. Open the flap by lifting the snap screw.
3. Position the radiator air side baffle aside and remove
the two nuts (pliersmay be required).
Front and Rear Sidemarker
1. Remove the screw from
lens.
the sidemarker lens.
'
4. Slide the headlamp assembly outboard and gently pull
the insideof the assembly away from the vehicle.
5. Push the tab on the bulb socket and turn itj
counterclockwise. Pull the socket outof the assembly.
6. Remove the bulb from the socket
by pulling it out.
Do not twist the bulb.
7. Push in the new bulb.
8. Reverse Steps 1-4 to replace the assembly.
6-32
Center High-Mounted Stoplamp
(Shelf-Mounted)
To reach the center high-mounted stoplamp,
you must
go through thetrunk.
2. Pull the sidemarker lens away from
the body.
3. Turn the socket counterclockwise until it stops. Then
pull the socket and bulb from the assembly.
4. Pull the bulb outof the socket.Do not twist the bulb.
5. Plug the new bulb in the socket.
6. Replace the bulb and socket.
7. Replace the assembly in the vehicle. Replace
the screw.
I
1. Open the trunk lid. Locate the stoplamp behind the
rear seats, in front
of the tmnk hinges.
2. Turn the socket counterclockwiseuntil it stops and
pull the bulb and socket out of the assembly.
3. Push in the bulb, turn it counterclockwiseand pull it
out of the socket.
4. Push the new bulb into the socket and turn
it clockwise.
5. Replace the bulb and socket in the assembly.
Center High-Moun.kd.Stoplamp
(Spoiler-Mounted)
TaiVStop/Turn Signal Lamp
1. Open the trunk. Remove the convenience net if you
have one. Unhook the net from the upper wing nut.
2. Remove the upper
(convenience net)
wing nut, if equipped.
3. Pull the carpet away
from the rear of
the vehicle.
1. Remove the two screws from the stoplamp assembly.
2. Pull the assembly forward out of the spoiler.
3. Remove the three screws from the back of the
stoplamp assembly.
4. Pull the lamp strip out of the stoplamp assembly.
4. Unscrew the two remaining wing nuts.
5 . Remove the bulb.
5 . Pull the assembly from the body carefully.
6. Install the new bulb and reverse Steps 1-4.
6-34
6. To remove a socket,
press the tab, turn the
socket counterclockwise
and pull it out.
7. Pull the bulb out. Do not
twist it.
Back-up Lamp
1. Open the trunk. The back-up lamp bulbs are in the
rear of the trunk lid.
2. Press the tab on the
socket, turn the socket
counterclockwise and
pull it out.
8. Push the new bulb into the socket.
9. Replace the socket in the assembly.
10. Tighten the socket (both kinds) by turning
it clockwise.
11. Install the assembly and the two lower wing nuts.
3. To remove the bulb, pull it out of the socket. Do not
twist the bulb.
12. Replace the carpeting.
4. Push the new bulb into the socket.
13. Replace the upper (convenience net) wing nut,
if equipped.
5 . Reverse Steps 1-3 to replace the socket.
14. Replace the convenience net, if equipped.
6-35
Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement
Tires
1. Pull the windshield wiperarm away from the windshield.
We don’t make tires. Your new Chevrolet comes with
high-quality tires made by a leading tire manufacturer.
If you ever have questions about your tire warranty and
where to obtain service, seeyour Chevrolet Warranty
booklet for details.
r
1
2. Lift the release clip with a screwdriver and pull the
blade off the wiper arm.
3. Push the new wiper blade securely onto the wiper arm.
For wiper blade replacement length and type, see
”Capacities and Specifications” in the Index.
6-36
Poorly maintained and improperly used tires are
dangerous.
0 Overloading your tires can cause
overheating as a result of too much friction.
You could have an air-out and a serious
accident. See “LoadingYour Vehicle” in
the Index.
CAUTION: (Continued)
NOTICE:
0
0
Underinflated tirespose the same danger
as overloaded tires. The resultingaccident
could cause serious injury.Check all tires
frequently to maintain the
recommended
pressure. Tire pressureshould be checked
when your tiresare cold.
Overinflated tiresare more likely to be
cut, punctured orbroken by a sudden
impact such as when youhit a pothole.
Keep tires at the recommended pressure.
Worn, old tires cancause accidents. If your
tread is badly worn, or if your tires have
been damaged, replacethem.
--
0
Inflation - Tire Pressure
The Tire-Loading Information label which is
on the
{insideof the trunk lid shows the correct inflation
pressures for your tires when they’re cold.
“Cold”
means your vehicle has been sitting for at least three
hours or drivenno more than a mile.
Don’t let anyone tell you that underinflation or
overinflation is all right. It’s not. If your tires
don’t have enough air (underinflation), you can
get the following:
Too much flexing
Too much heat
Tire overloading
Bad wear
0 Bad handling
Bad fuel economy.
If your tireshave too much air (overinflation),
you can get the following:
Unusual wear
Bad handling
0 Rough ride
0 Needless damage from road hazards.
6-37
,
When to Check
Check your tires once a month or more.
Don’t forget your compact spare tire. It should be at
60 psi (420 kPa).
How to Check
Use a good quality pocket-type gage to checktire
pressure. You can’t tell if your tires are properly inflated
simply by looking at them. Radial tires may look
properly ‘inflatedeven when they’re underinflated.
Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems.
They help prevent leaks by keeping out dirt and moisture.
Tire Inspection and Rotation
Tires should be inspected every 6,000 to 8,000 miles
(10 000 to 13 000 km) for any signsof unusual wear.
If unusual wear is present, rotate your tires as soon as
possible and check wheel alignment. Also check for
damaged tires or wheels. See “When It’s Time for New
Tires’’ and “Wheel Replacement” later in this section for
more information.
u-30
The purpose of regular rotation is to achieve more
uniform wear for all tires on the vehicle. The k t
rotation is tlle most important. See “Scheduled
Maintenance Services” in the Index for scheduled
rotation intervals.
Whcn rotating your tires, always use the correct rotation
pattern shown here.
Don’t include the compact spare tire in your tire rotation.
1I
I
After the tires have been rotated, adjust the front and
rear inflation pressures as shown on the Tire-Loading
Information label. Make certain that all wheel nuts
are properly tightened. See “Wheel Nut
Torque” in
Index.
the
When It’s Time for New Tires
One way to tell whenit’s
time fornew tires is to
check the treadwear
indicators, which will
appear when your tires have
only 1/16 inch (1.6mm) or
less of tread remaining.
(
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the parts towhich
it is fastened, can makewheel nuts become loose
after a time. The wheel could comeoff and cause
an accident. When you change a wheel, remove
any rust ordirt from places where the wheel
attaches to the vehicle. In anemergency, you can
use a cloth or a paper towel to do this;but be
sure to use a scraper or wire brush later,if you
need to, to get all therust or dirtoff. (See
‘(Changing a Flat Tire?in the Index.)
You need a new tire if any of the following statements
are true:
You can see the indicators at three or more places
around the tire.
You can see cord or fabric showing through the
tire’s rubber.
0
The tread or sidewall is cracked, cut or snagged deep
enough to show cord or fabric.
The tire has a bump, bulge or split.
The tire has a puncture, cut or other damage that
can’t be repaired well because
of the size or location
of the damage.
6-39
Buying New Tires
To find outwhat kind and size of tires you need, look at
the Tire-Loading Information label.
The tires installed on yourvehicle when it was new had
a Tire Performance CriteriaSpecification (TPC Spec)
number on each ti.re’s sidewall. When you get new tires,
get oneswith that same TPC Spec number. That way
your vehicle will continue to havetires that are designed
to give proper endurance,handling, speed rating,
traction, ride and other things during normal serviceon
your vehicle. If your tires havean all-season tread
design, the TPC numberwill be followedby an “MS”
(for mud and snow).
If you ever replace your tires with those not having a
TPC- SDec
number. make surethev are the same size,
-Iload range, speed rating and construction type (bias,
bias-belted or radial) as your original tires.
~~
~
4
Mixing tires could cause
you to lose control while
driving. If you mix tires of different sizes or types
(radial and bias-belted tires), the
vehicle may not
handle properly, andyou could have a crash.
Using tires of different sizes may also cause
damage to yourvehicle. Be sure touse the
same size and type tires on all four
wheels.
It’s all right to drive with your compact spare,
though. It was developed foruse on your vehicle.
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
The following information relates to the system developed
by the United States National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration, which grades tiresby treadwear, &action
and temperature performance.(This applies only to
vehicles sold in the United States.) The grades are molded
on the sidewas of most passenger car tires. The Uniform
Tire Quality Grading system does not apply to deep tread,
winter-type snow tires, space-saveror temporary use spare
tires, tires with nominal rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches
(25 to 30 cm), or to some limited-production tires.
While the tires available on General Motors passenger
cars and light trucks may vary with respect to these
grades, they must also conform to Federal safety
requirements and additional General Motors Tire
Performance Criteria‘(TPC) standards.
Tread wear
The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on
the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled
conditions on a specified governmenttest course. For
example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half
( I 1/2) times as well on the government course as a tire
graded 100. The relative performance of tires depends
upon the actual conditions of their use, however, and
may depart significantly from the norm due to variations
in driving habits, servicepractices and differences in
road characteristics and climate.
-
Traction A, B, C
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are A, B, and
C, and they represent the tire’s ability to stopon wet
pavement as measured under controlled conditions on
specified government test surfacesof asphalt and concrete.
A tire marked C may have poor traction performance.
Warning: The traction grade assigned to this tire is based
on braking (straightahead) traction tests and does not
include cornering (turning) traction.
-
Temperature A, B, C
The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C,
representing the tire’s resistance to the generation of
heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under
controlled conditions on aspecified indoor laboratory
test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the
material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life,
and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire
failure. The grade C correspondsto a level of
performance which all passenger car tires must meet
under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard
No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels of
performance on the laboratory test wheel than the
minimum required by law.
Warning: The temperature grade forthis tire is
established for a tire that is properly inflated and not
overloaded. Excessive speed,underinflation, or
excessive loading, either separately or in combination,
can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure.
Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance
The wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced
carefully at the factory to give you the longest tire life
and best overall performance.
In most cases, you will not need to have your wheels
aligned again. However, if you notice unusual tire wear
or your vehicle pulling one way or the other, the
alignment may need to be reset. If you notice your
vehicle vibrating when driving on a smooth road, your
wheels may need to be rebalanced.
Each new wheel should have the same load carrying
capacity, diameter, width, offset and be mounted the
same way as the one it replaces.
If you need to replace any of your wheels, wheel bolts
or wheel nuts, replace them only with new GM original
equipment parts. This way, you will be sure to have the
right wheel, wheel bolts and wheel nuts for your
Chevrolet model.
CAUTION:
Wheel Replacement
Replace any wheel that is bent, cracked, or badly rusted
or corroded.If wheel nuts keep coming loose, the wheel,
wheel bolts and wheel nuts should be replaced. If the
wheel leaks air, replace it (except some aluminum
wheels, which can sometimes be repaired). See your
Chevrolet dealer if any of these conditions exist.
Your dealer will know the kind of wheel you need.
6-42
Using the wrong replacement wheels, wheel bolts
or wheel nuts on your vehicle can be dangerous.
It could affect the braking and handling
of your
vehicle, make your tires loseair and make you
lose control.You could have a collision in which
you or others couldbe injured. Always use
the correct wheel, wheel bolts and wheel nuts
for replacement.
Tire Chains
NOTICE:
I
The wrong wheel can also cause problems with
bearing life,brake cooling, speedometer/odometer
calibration, headlamp aim, bumper height, vehicle
ground clearanceand tire or tire chain clearanceto
,the body and chassis.
See “Changing a Flat Tire” in the Index for more
information.
Used Replacement Wheels,
Putting a used wheel on your vehicle is
dangerous. You can’t know how it’s been used or
how many miles it’s beendriven. It could fail
suddenly andcause an accident. If you have to
replace a wheel, use a new GM original
equipment wheel.
NOTICE:
I
If your Chevrolet has P22960Rl6 size tires, don’t
use tire chains. They can damage your vehicle.
If you have other tires, use tire chains only where
legal and only when you must. Use onlySAE Class
“S” type chainsthat are the proper size for your
tires. Install them onthe front tires and tighten
them as tightly as possible with the ends securely
fastened. Drive slowlyand follow the chain
manufacturer’s instructions.If you can hear the
chains contacting yourvehicle, stop &d retighten
them. If the contact continues,slow down until it
stops. Driving too fastor spinning the wheels with
chains onw
lidamage your vehicle.
6-43
Appearance Care
Remember, cleaning products can be hazardous. Some
are toxic. Others can burst into flame if you strike a
match or get them on a hot part of the vehicle. Some are
dangerous if you breathe their fumes in a closed space.
When you use anything from a container to clean your
Chevrolet, be sure to follow the manufacturer’s
warnings and instructions. And always open your doors
or windows when you’re cleaning the inside.
Never use these to clean your vehicle:
0
Gasoline
Benzene
0
Naphtha
Carbon Tetrachloride
Acetone
0
Paint Thinner
0
Turpentine
0
Lacquer Thinner
0
Nail Polish Remover
They can all be hazardous -- some more than
others -- and they can all damage your vehicle, too.
6-44
Don’t use any of these unless this manual says you can.
In many uses, these will damage your vehicle:
0
0
0
0
Alcohol
Laundry Soap
Bleach
Reducing Agents
Cleaning the Inside of Your Chevrolet
Use a vacuum cleaner often to get rid of dust and loose
dirt. Wipe vinyl or leather with a clean, damp cloth.
Your Chevrolet dealer has two GM cleaners, a
solvent-type spot lifter and a foam-type powdered
cleaner. They will clean normal spots and stains very
well. Do not use them on vinyl or leather.
Here are some cleaning tips:
0
0
0
0
Always read the instructions on the cleaner label.
Clean up stains as soon as you can -- before they set.
Use a clean cloth or sponge, and changeto a clean area
often. A soft brush may be used if stains are stubborn.
Use solvent-type cleaners in a well-ventilated area
only. If you use them, don’t saturate the stained area.
If a ring forms after spot cleaning, clean the entire
area immediately or it will set.
Using Foam-Type Cleaner on Fabric
0
Vacuum and brush the area to remove any loose dirt.
0
Always clean a wholetrim panel or section. Mask
surrounding trim along stitch or welt lines.
0
Mix Multi-Purpose Powdered Cleaner followingthe
directions on the container label.
0
Use suds only and apply with a clean sponge.
0
Don’t saturate the material.
0
Don’t rub it roughly.
0
As soon as you’ve cleaned the section, use a sponge
to remove the suds.
0
Rinse the section with a clean,wet sponge.
0
Wipe off what’s left with a slightly damp paper towel
or cloth.
0
Then dry it immediately with a blow dryer.
e Wipe with a clean cloth.
If you need to use a solvent:
0
Gently scrape excess soil from the trim material with a
clean, dull knifeor scraper. Use very little cleaner, light
pressure and clean cloths (preferably cheesecloth).
Cleaning should start at the outside of the stain,
“feathering” toward the center. Keep changing to a
clean section of the cloth.
0
When you clean a stain from fabric, immediately
dry the area with a blow dryer to help prevent a
cleaning ring.
Fabric Protection
Your Chevrolet has upholstery and carpet that has been
treated with Scotchgard” Fabric Protector, a 3M
product. It protects fabrics by repelling oil and water,
which are the carriers of most stains. Even with this
protection, you still need to clean your upholstery and
carpet often to keep it looking new.
Further information on cleaning is available by calling
1-800-433-3296 (in Minnesota, 1-800-642-6 167).
Using Solvent-wpe Cleaner on Fabric
First, see if you have to use solvent-type cleaner atall.
Some spotsand stains will clean off better with just
water and mild soap.
6-45
Special Cleaning Problems
0
Greasy or Oily Stains
Stains caused by grease, oil, butter, margarine, shoe
polish, coffee with cream, chewing gum,cosmetic
creams, vegetable oils, wax crayon, tar and asphalt can
be removed as follows:
0
Carefully scrape off excess stain.
0
Follow the solvent-type instructions
described earlier.
0
Shoe polish, wax crayon, tar and asphalt will stain
if left on a vehicle's seat fabric. They should be
removed as soon as possible. Be careful, because
the cleaner will dissolve them and may cause them
to spread.
If needed, clean lightly with solvent-type cleaner.
Combination Stains
Stains caused by candy, ice cream, mayonnaise, chili
sauce and unknown stains can be removed as follows:
0
Carefully scrape off excess stain, then clean with
cool water and allow to dry.
0
If a stain remains, clean it with solvent-type cleaner.
Cleaning Vinyl
Use warm water and a clean cloth.
Rub with a clean, damp cloth to remove dirt. You
may have to do it more than once.
Non-Greasy Stains
Stains caused by catsup, coffee (black), egg, fruit, fruit
juice, milk, soft drinks, wine, vomit, urine and blood can
be removed as follows:
0
Carefully scrape off excess stain, then sponge the
soiled area with cool water.
0
If a stain remains, follow the foam-type instructions
described earlier.
6-46
If an odor lingers after cleaning vomit or urine,
treat the area with a watedbaking soda solution:
1 teaspoon ( 5 ml) of baking soda to 1 cup (250 ml)
of lukewarm water.
0
Things like tar, asphalt and shoe polish will stain if
you don't get them off quickly. Use a cleancloth and
a GM VinyVLeather Cleaner orequivalent product.
Cleaning Leather
/;1
Use a soft cloth with lukewarm water and a mild soap or
saddle soap.
Do not bleach or dye safety belts. If you do,
it
may severely weaken them.In a crash they might
not be able to provide adequate protection.
Clean safetybelts only with mildsoap and
lukewarm water.
For stubborn stains, use a GM Vinylkeather Cleaner
or equivalent product.
Never use oils, varnishes, solvent-based or abrasive
cleaners, furniture polish or shoe polish on leather.
Soiled leather should be cleaned immediately. If
dirt is allowed to work into the finish, it can harm
the leather.
Cleaning theTop of the Instrument Panel
Use only mild soap and water to clean the top surfxes
of the instrument panel. Sprays containing silicones or
waxes may cause annoying reflections in the windshield
and even make it difficult to see through the windshield
under certain conditions.
Care of Safety Belts
Keep belts clean and dry.
4UTION:
z
Glass
Glass should be cleaned often. GM Glass Cleaner (GM
Part No. 1050427) or a liquid household glass cleaner
will remove normal tobacco smoke and dust films.
Don’t use abrasive cleaners on glass, because they may
cause scratches. Avoid placing decals on the inside rear
window, since they may have to be scraped off later.
If abrasive cleaners are used on the inside of the rear
window, an electric defogger elementmay be damaged.
Any temporary license should not be attached across the
defogger grid.
Cleaning the Outside of the
Windshield and Wiper Blades
If the windshield is not clear after using the windshield
washer, or if the wiper blade chatters when running, wax
or other material may be on the blade or windshield.
Clean the outside of the windshield with GM
Windshield Cleaner, Bon-Ami PowderB (GM Part
No. 1050011). The windshield is clean if beads do not
form when you rinse it with water.
Clean the blade by wiping vigorously with a cloth
soaked in full-strength windshield washer solvent. Then
rinse the blade with water.
Wiper blades should be checked on a regular basis and
replaced when worn.
Weatherstrips
Silicone greaseon weatherstrips will make them last
longer, seal better, and not stick or squeak. Apply
silicone grease with a clean cloth at least every six
months. During very cold, damp weather more frequent
application may be required. (See “Recommended
Fluids and Lubricants” i n the Index.)
6-48
Cleaning the Outside ofYour Chevrolet
The paint finish on your vehicle provides beauty, depth
of color, gloss retention and durability.
Washing Your Vehicle
The best way to preserve your vehicle’s finish is to
keep it clean by washing it often with lukewarm or
cold water.
Don’t wash your vehicle in the direct rays of the sun.
Don’t use strong soaps or chemical detergents. Use
liquid hand, dish or car washing (mild detergent) soaps.
Don’t use cleaning agents that are petroleum based, or
that contain acid or abrasives. All cleaning agents
should be flushed promptly and not allowed to dry on
the surface, or they could stain. Dry the finish with a
soft, clean chamois or a 100% cotton towel to avoid
surface scratches and water spotting.
High pressure car washes may cause water to enter
your vehicle.
Finish Care
Occasional waxing or mild polishing of your Chevrolet
by hand may be necessary to remove residue fromthe
paint finish. You can get GM-approved cleaning
products from your dealer. (See “Appearance Careand
Materials” in the Index.)
Your Chevrolet has a “basecoat/clearcoat”paint finish.
The clearcoat givesmore depth and gloss to the colored
basecoat. Always use waxes and polishes that are
non-abrasive and made for a basecoat/clearcoat
paint finish.
I NOTICE:
Machine compounding or aggressive polishing on
a basecoatklearcoat paint finish may dull the
finish or leave swirlmarks.
Foreign materials such as calcium chloride and other
salts, ice melting agents, road oil and tar, tree sap, bird
droppings, chemicals from industrial chimneys, etc. can
damage your vehicle’s finish if they remain on painted
surfaces. Wash the vehicle as soon as possible. If
necessary, use non-abrasive cleaners that are marked
safe for painted surfaces to remove foreign matter.
Exterior painted surfaces are subject to aging, weather
and chemical fallout that can take their toll over a period
of years. You can help to keep the paint finish looking
new by keeping your Chevrolet garaged or covered
whenever possible.
Aluminum Wheels (IfSo Equipped)
Keep your wheels clean using a soft clean cloth with
mild soap and water. Rinse with clean water. After
rinsing thoroughly, dry with a soft clean towel. A wax
may then be applied.
The surfwe of these wheels is similar to the painted
surface of your vehicle. Don’t use strong soaps,
chemicals, abrasivepolishes, abrasive cleaners or
abrasive cleaning brushes on them because you could
damage the surface.
Don’t take your vehicle through an automatic car wash
that has silicon carbide tire cleaning brushes. These
brushes can also damage the surface of these wheels.
Tires
To clean your tires, use a stiff brush with a tire cleaner.
outlets. Larger areas of finish damage can be corrected
in your dealer’s body and paint shop.
Underbody Maintenance
NOTICE:
When applying a tire dressing always take care to
wipe off any oversprayor splash fromall painted
surfaces on the bodyor wheels of the vehicle.
Petroleum-based products may damage the
paint finish.
Sheet Metal Damage
If your vehicle is damaged and requires sheet metal
repair or replacement, make sure the body repair shop
applies anti-corrosion material to the parts repaired or
replaced to restore corrosion protection.
Finish Damage
Any stone chips,fractures or deep scratches in the finish
should be repaired right away. Bare metal will corrode
quickly and may develop into a major repair expense.
Minor chips and scratches can be repaired with touch-up
materials available from your dealer or other service
6-50
Chemicals used for ice and snow removal and dust control
can collect on the underbody.If these are not removed,
accelerated corrosion (lust) can occur on the underbody
parts such as fuel lines, frame, floor pan, and exhaust
system even though they have corrosion protection.
At least every spring, flush these materials from the
underbody with plain water. Clean
any areas where mud and
other debris can collect. Dirt packed
in closed areas of the
frame should be loosened before being flushed. Your dealer
or an underbody car washing system can do this for you.
Chemical Paint Spatting
Some weather and atmospheric conditions can createa
chemical fallout. Airborne pollutants can f d l upon and
attack painted surfaces on your vehicle. This damage can
take two forms: blotchy, ringlet-shaped discolorations, and
small irregular dark spots etched into the paint surface.
Although no defect in the paint job causes this, Chevrolet
will repair, at no charge to the owner, the surfacesof
new vehicles damaged by this fallout condition within
I2 months or 12,000 miles (20 000 kin) of purchase,
whichever occurs first.
Appearance Care Materia s Chart
PART NUMBER
SIZE
DESCRIPTION
USAGE
1050004
1050172
2.75 sq. ft.
Chamois
Tar and Road Oil Remover
Chrome Cleaner and Polish
White Sidewall Tife Cleaner
Magic Mirror Cleaner Polish
Vinyl and Leather Cleaner
Glass 'Cleaner
Multi-Purpose Powdered Cleaner
Spot Lifter
Shines vehicle without scratching
Also removes old waxes and polishes
Removes rust and corrosion
Removes soil and black marks
Exterior cleaner and polish
Spot and stain removal
16 oz. (0.473 L)
16 oz. (0.473 L)
16 oz. (0.473 L)
16 02. (0.473 L)
32 oz. (0.946 L)
23 oz. (0.680 L)
6 lbs. (2.72 kg)
8 02. (0.237 L)
32 02. (0.946 L)
16 oz. (0.473 L)
8 oz. (0.237 L)
16 oz. (0.473 L)
8 oz. (0.237 L)
16 oz. (0.473 L)
1050173
1050174
1050201
1050214
1050427
1050429
1051398"
1051515
1052870
1052918**
1052929
1052930
12345002""
Windshield washer solvent and antifreeze
Optikleen
Wash and Wax Concentrate
Exterior wash
Protects vinyl, leather and rubber
Armor All Protector
Wheel Cleaner
Spray on wheel cleaner
Capture Dry Spot Remover
Attracts and absorbs soils
Cleans vinyl, leather and rubber
Armor All Cleaner
I
I
Shines tires
Silicone Tire Shine
12345725
12 oz. (0.354 L)
I
See your General Motors Parts Department for these -products.
* Not recommended for pigskin suede leather.
See "Fluids and Lubricants" in the-Index.
**Not recommended for use'on instrument panel vinyl.
I
I
I
I
I
Cleans grease,grime and smoke film
Cleans vinyl, cloth,tires and mats
For cloth
I
I
''
6-51
Vehicle Identification umber (VIN)
the model designation,
paint information, and
a list of all production options and special equipment.
Be sure that this label is not removed from the vehicle.
Electrical System
Add-on Electrical Equipment
This is the legal identifier for your Chevrolet. It appears
on a plate in the front corner of the instrument panel, on
the driver’s side. You can see it if you look through the
windshield from outside your vehicle. The VIN also
appears on the Vehicle Certification and Service Parts
labels and the certificates of title and registration.
Engine Identification
The eighth character in your VIN is the engine code.
This code will help you identify your engine,
specifications, and replacement parts.
Service Parts IdentificationLabel
You’ll find this label on your spare tirecover. It’s very
helpful if you ever need to order parts. On this label is:
0
your VIN,
6-52
I NOTICE:
Don’t add anything electrical to your Chevrolet
unless you check with your dealer first. Some
electrical equipment can damage your vehicle and
the damage wouldn’t be covered by your warranty.
Some add-on electrical equipment can keep other
components from workingas they should.
Your vehicle has an air bag system. Before attempting to
add anything electrical to your Chevrolet, see “Servicing
Your Air Bag-Equipped Chevrolet” in the Index.
Headlamp Wiring
Fuses and Circuit Breakers
The headlamp wiring is protected by a circuit breaker in
the underhood electrical center. An electrical overload
will cause the lamps to go on and off, or in some cases
to remain off. If this happens, have your headlamp
system checkedright away.
The wiring circuits in your vehicle are protected
from short circuits by a combination of fuses, circuit
breakers, and fusible thermal links in the wiring itself.
This greatly reduces the chance of fires caused by
electrical problems.
Windshield Wipers
Look at the silver-colored band inside the fuse. If the
band is broken or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure you
replace a bad fuse with a new one of the identical size
and rating.
The windshield wiper motor is protected by a circuit
breaker and a fuse. If the motor overheats due to heavy
snow, etc., the wiper will stop until the motor cools.
If the overload is caused by some electrical problem,
have it fixed.
Power Windows and Other Power Options
Circuit breakers in the fuse panel protect the power
windows and other power accessories. When the current
load is too heavy, the circuit breaker opens and closes,
protecting the circuit until the problem is fixed.
--.
Instrument Panel Fuse Block
[
-A
B
,
C
D
E
)
Rating Description
HVAC #2 -- W A C Control
Fuse
4
5
6
10
Assembly, Solenoid Box
H A Z A P FLASHER
POWER ACCESSORY #2 -Sunroof Control Unit
I/P ELECTRONICS BATTERY
FEED -- Chime Module, Electronic
Brake Control Module(EBCM),
Theft-Deterrent Module, Radio
STARTER RELAY
ANTI-THEFT -- Theft-Deterrent
Module
ABS--Electronic BrakeControl
Module (EBCM),ABS Relay
W A C BLOWER MOTOR -Blower Motor Relay
W A C #1 -- Air Temperature
Valve Motor, Daytime Running
Lamps [email protected]), HVAC
Control Assembly, Multifunction
Lever Cruise Control Switch
REAR DEFOG -- HVAC Control
Assembly Rear Window
Defogger Switch
"
11
12
13
14
Circuit
.
Breaker
Description
C
Power Windows
D
Power Seats
Fuse
Rating
Description
1
CIGAR LIGHTER -- Instrument
Panel and Console Cigar Lighters
3.
DLRMDL
6-54
15
16
,
Fuse
19
Rating Description
POWER ACCESSORY#1-Trunk Courtesy Lamp, Door Lock
Switches, Power MirrorS-witch
21
AIR BAG -- AirBagSystem
STOPLAMPS
23
-- TCCIBrake
Switch
24
CRUISE
CONTROL
28
CTSY
LAMPS -- Vanity Mirrors,
Defogger Relay, I/P Compartment
Lamp, Header Courtesy and
Reading Lamp, US Lighted
Rearview Mirror, Dome Lamp
29
WIPER -- Wiper Switch
Fuse
Rating
Description
30
TURN
SIGNAL
-- Turn
Signal Flasher
32
POWER LOCKS -- Door
Lock
Relay, Keyless Entry Receiver
3-8
RADIO -- Radio,
Steering Wheel
Radio Switches
I/P ELECTRONICS
IGNITION
39
FEED -- Headlamp Switch,
Cruise Control Cut-Out Switch,
Air Bag System, TCClBrake
Switch, InstrumentCluster,
Chime Module, Keyless Entry
Receiver, Daytime Running
, Lamps Module (DRL)
I
I
'
6-55
Underhood Electrical Center
-- Passenger’s Side
/-
Some fusesare in a fuseblock on the passenger’s side of
the engine compartment.
.uuu
A.I.R. PMP RlCMPT REL ECM BAT
on0
A/C CONT
TCC
...D , :
F/INJN
ECM
IGN
Fuse
A.I.R. PMP
3.4L
R/CMPT REL
ECM BAT
A/C CONT
TCC
6-56
ELEK IGN
Description
A.I.R. Relay
Remote Trunk Release
Powertrain Control Module
(PCM), Fuel Pump/Oil Pressure
Switch, Fuel Pump Relay,
Fan Cont #I Relay
A/C CMPR Relay (VIN M Only)
Automatic Transaxle, Transaxle
Range Switch (VIN M only)
Fuse
F/INJN
ECM IGN
ELEK IGN
10
11
12
13
Description
Fuel Injectors, High Resolution
24X Crankshaft Position Sensor,
Camshaft Position Sensor
Powertrain Control Module (PCM),
Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor (VIN
X only), EGR, CCP, qxygen Sensor,
VAC CAN SW, Fan #2 Relay
Electronic Ignition (EI)
Control Module
I/P Fuse Block
FAN CONT #I Relay
Passenger’s Side Underhood
Electrical Center and IJP Fuse
Blocks: Fuses 5 , 14,23 and 32
FAN CONT #2Relay and I/P Fuse
Block: Fuse 16, Power Seat
Circuit Breaker D
Relay
14
15
16
17
18
Description
FUEL PUMP
A/C CMPR
FAN CONT #2 -- Secondary
Cooling Fan (Passenger’s Side)
FAN CONT #I -- Primary
Cooling Fan (Driver’s Side)
Ignition Relay
6-57
--
Underhood Electrical Center Driver's Side
Additional fuses are in a fuse block on the driver's side
of the engine compartment.
FOG LPS
PARKLPS
HORN
OD0
PIS
ABS
L
6-58
Fuse
FOG LPS
PARK LPS
HORN
Horn
VAR P/S
ABS
VAR
II
Description
Fog Lamps
Headlamp Switch
Relay, Underhood Lamp
Steering
Anti-Lock Brake System
Fuse
10
I1
12
13
Description
IGN SW2 -- I/P Fuse Block: PWR
WDO and Circuit Breaker D;
Passenger’s Side Underhood
Electrical Center: TCC and ENG
EMIS Fuses
IGN SW 1 -- I/P Fuse Block:
Radio, Wiper, HVAC, ABS and
Turn Signal Fuses; Passenger’s
Side Underhood Electrical Center:
F/IJN, ECM IGN and ELEK
IGN Fuses
HD LPS -- Circuit Breaker to
Headlamp Switch
ABS -- ABS Relay
Relay
14
16
Description
ABS -- Anti-Lock Brake System
HORN
Replacement Bulbs
Bulb
Number
Number
Bulb Lamps
Interior
Exterior Lamps
Ashtray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
194
Back-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3057
Center High-vounted Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 1T2
Center Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 or 194
. .,-. 73
Console Shift Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . ‘-4
Front Parking/Turn Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3357NA
Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
561
Headlamp. High-Beam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9005
Door Lock Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9006
73
Headlamp. Low-Beam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
168
GloveBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
194
License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heater and Air Conditioning Control . . T- 1.75, T- 1.5
194
Sidemarker. Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
194
High-Beam Indicator ......................
161
Sidemarker. Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LuggageCompartment ....................
920
3057
Stop/Tail/Turn Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inside Rearview Mirror Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
73
Side Window Switch .......................
6-60
Capacities and Specifications
Automatic Transaxle
Pan Removal and Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7 quarts (6.7 L)
After Complete Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10 quarts (9.5 L)
When drainingheplacing converte<more fluid may beneeded.
Cooling System Including Reservoir
3.1L (Code M) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.6 quarts (10.94 L)
3.4L (Codex) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12.3 quarts (11.65 L)
Refrigerant (R-134a), AirConditioning:’: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.0 pounds (0.9 1 kg)
Engine Crankcase Oil and Filter Change
3.1L (Code M) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5 quarts (4.2 L)
3.4L (Code X) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.5 quarts (5.2 L)
Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement
Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
22” (565 mm)
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
hook
Fuel Tank
3.1L (Code M) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
16.1 gallons (60.9 L)
3.4L (Code X) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
17.1 gallons (64.7 L)
*See “AirConditioning Refrigerants ”laterin this section.
-
6-61
Engine Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Displacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Compression Ratio .......................
Firing Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ThermostatTemperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Horse Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-62
.
.
3.1L (Code M)
V6
191 CID (3.1L)
9.6: 1
1-2-3-4-5-6
195°F (91 "C)
165 @ 5200
3.4L (Code X)
V6
207 CID (3.4L)
9.25: 1
1-2-3-4-5-6
195°F (91°C)
215 @ 5200
.
Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts
Air Cleaner Filter
All Engines . . . . . . . . . . .
Battery
3.1L (Code M) . . . . . .
3.4L (Code M) . . . . . .
Engine Oil Filter
3.1L (Code M) . . . . . .
3.4L (Code X) . . . . . . .
PCV Valve
3.1L (Code M) . . . . . .
3.4L (Code X) . . . . . . .
Radiator Cap
All Engines. . . . . . . . . . .
Spark Plugs
3.1L (Code M) . . . . . .
A 1208C
525 CCA
690 CCA
PF47
PF5 1
CV892C
CV895C
RC27
AC Type 41 -940
Gap: 0.060” ( 1.52 mm)
3.4L (Code X) . . . . . . . AC Type 41-919
Gap: 0.045” ( 1.14 mm)
Vehicle Dimensions
Wheelbase . . . . . . . . . . .
Tread Width (Front) . . . .
Tread Width (Rear) . . . .
Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
107.5” (2730 mm)
59.5” (1 512 mm)
59.0” (1500 mm)
200.7” (5099 mm)
72.5” ( 1842 mm)
53.8” ( 1 368 mm)
Air Conditioning Refrigeran
Not all air conditioning refrigerants are the same.
If the air conditioningsystem in your vehicle needs
refrigerant, be sure the proper refrigerant is used.
If you’re not sure, ask your Chevroletdealer.
NOTES
6-64
0Section 7
I
Maintenance Schedule
Introduction
IMPORTANT:"
Your Vehicle and the Environment
KEEP ENGINE OIL
AT THE PROPER
-EVEL AND CHANGEAS
RECOMMENDED
This section covers the maintenance required for your
Chevrolet. Your vehicle needs these servicesto retain its
safety, dependability and emission control performance.
protection
Plan
I
Proper vehicle maintenance notonly h,elps tokeep your
vehicle in good working condition, but also helps
the
environment. All recommended maintenance procedures
are important. Improper vehicle maintenance caneven
affect the quality of the air we breathe. Improper fluid
levels orthe wrong tire inflation can increase
the level
of emissions from your vehicle. TOhelp protect our
environment, and to keep yourvehicle in good
condition, please maintain your vehicle
properly.
Have you purchased theGM Protection Plan? The Plan
supplements your new vehicle warranties.See your
Warranty and Owner Assistance booklet,or your
Chevrolet dealer
for details.
7-1
How This Section is Organized
The remainderof this section is divided into fiveparts:
“Part A: Scheduled Maintendnce Services”
shows what to have done and how often. Someof these
services can be complex, so unless you are technically
qualified and have the necessary equipment,you should
let your dealer’s service department oranother qualified
service center do these jobs.
I
Performing maintenancework on a vehicle can
be dangerous. In trying to dosome jobs, you can
be seriously injured. Do your own maintenance
work only if you have the requiredknow-how
and the propertools and equipment for the
job.
If you have any doubt, have a qualified
technician do thework.
L
11 you
are skilled enough to do some work on your
vehicle, you will probably want to get the service
information GM publishes. See “Service and Owner
Publications” in the Index.
‘Tart B:Owner Checks and Services” tells you what
should be checked wheneveryou stop for.hel. It also,
explains.what you can easily do to\help keep your
vehicle in good condition.
,
.
‘Tart C: Periodic MaintenanceInspections” ’
explains importantinspections that your Chevrolet
dealer’s service department or an~therqualified service
“center should perform.
“Part D: Recommended Fluids and LubricmtP
lists someproduct8 GM recommends to helpkeep YOLK
vehicle properly maintained. These products, or theh
equivalents, shouldbe used whether yola do the work .
yoursel€ or have it done.
“Part E: Maintenance Record” provides a place
for you to record the ‘maifltenanceperformed on your
vehicle. Whenever any maintenance isperformed, be
sure to; write itdown in this pari. This will,help’you
determine whin your next mainten&nceshould be-done.
In addition, it is a good idea to keep your maintenance
receipts. They may .beneeded to quahfy your vehicle for
I
Part A: Scheduled Maintenance
Services
Using Your Maintenance Schedule
We at General Motors want to help you keep your
vehicle in good working condition. But we don’t know
exactly how you’ll drive it. You may drive very short
distances only a few times a week. Or you may drive
long distances all the time in very hot, dusty weather.
You may use your vehicle in making deliveries. Or
you may drive it to work, to do errands or in many
other ways.
Because of all the different ways people use their GM
vehicles, maintenance needs vary. You may even need
more frequent checks and replacements than you’ll find
in the schedules in this section. So please read this
section and note how you drive. If you have any
questions on how to keep your vehiclein good
condition, see your Chevroletdealer.
The proper fluids and lubricants to use are listed in Part D.
Make sure whoever services your vehicle uses these.All
parts should be replaced and all necessaly repairs done
before you or anyone else drivesthe vehicle.
These schedules are forvehicles that:
carry passengers and cargo within recommended
limits. You will find these limits on your vehicle’s
Tire-Loading Information label. See “Loading
Your Vehicle” in the Index.
are driven on reasonable road surfaces within legal
driving limits.
use the recommended fuel. See “Fuel” in the Index.
Selecting the Right Schedule
First you’ll need to decide which of the two schedules is
right for your vehicle. Here’s how to decide which
schedule to follow:
This part tells you the maintenance services you should
have done and when you should schedule them. If you
go to your dealer for your service needs, you’ll know
that GM-trained and supported service people will
perform the work using genuine GM parts.
7-3
Maintenance Schedule
I Short Trip/City Definition
Short Trip/City Definition
Follow the Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule if any
one of these conditions is true foryour vehicle:
0 Most trips are less than 5 to 10 miles (8 to 16 km).
This is particularly important when outside
temperatures are below freezing.
0 Most trips include extensive idling (such as frequent
driving in stop-and-go traffic).
0 Most trips are through dusty areas.
You frequently tow a trailer or use a carrier on top of
your vehicle.
0 If the vehicle is used for delivery service, police,
taxi, or other commercial application.
One of the reasons you shouldjollow thisschedule ifyou
operate your vehicle under any of these conditions is that
these conditions cause engine oil tobreak down sooney:
I
Trip/City
Intervals
Short
Every 3,000 Miles (5 000 km): Engine Oil and Filter
Change (or 3 months, whichever occurs first).
7-4
I
Every 6,000 Miles(10 000 km): Chassis Lubrication
(or 6 months, whichever occurs first).
At 6,000 Miles (10 000 km) Then Every
12,000 Miles (20 000 km): Tire Rotation.
Every 15,000 Miles (25 000 km): Air Cleaner Filter
Inspection, if driving in dusty conditions.
Every 30,000 Miles (50 000 km): Air Cleaner Filter
Replacement. Fuel Tank, Cap and Lines Inspection.
Every 50,000 Miles (83 000 km): Automatic Transaxle
Service (severe conditions only).
Every 60,000 Miles (100 000 km): Engine Accessory
Drive Belt Inspection.
At 60,000 Miles(100 000 km), Then Every
15,000 Miles (25 000 km): Camshaft Timing Belt
Inspection (3.4L Code X engine only).
Every 100,000 Miles (166000 km): Cooling System
Service (orevery 60 months, whichever occurs first).
Spark PlugWire Inspection. Spark PlugReplacement.
These intervnls onlysummarize maintenance services.
Be sure to follow the complete maintenance schedule
on the following pages.
-
Maintenance Schedule
Follow this maintenance schedule only if none of the
conditions from the ShortTrip/City Maintenance
Schedule is true.
Driving a vehicle with a fully warmed engine under
highway conditions cuuses engine oil to break
down sloweK
Every 7,500 Miles (12 500 km): Engine Oil and Filter
Change (or every 12 months, whichever occurs first).
Chassis Lubrication (or every 12 months, whichever
occurs first).
At 7,500 Miles (12 500 km) Then Every
15,000 Miles (25000 km): Tire Rotation.
Every 30,000 Miles (50 000 km): Air Cleaner Filter
Replacement. Fuel Tank, Cap and Lines Inspection.
Every 50,000 Miles (83 000 km): Automatic Transaxle
Service (severe conditions only).
Every 60,000 Miles (100 000 km): Engine Accessory
Drive Belt Inspection.
At 60,000 Miles (100 000 km) Then Every
15,000 Miles (25 000 km): Camshaft Timing Belt
Inspection (3.4L Code X engine only).
Every 100,000 Miles (166 000 km): Cooling System
Service (or every 60 months, whichever occurs first).
Spark Plug Wire Inspection. Spark Plug Replacement.
These intervcrls only suwunarize mnintencrnce services.
Be sure to.foIlow the complete maintenance schedule on
the.following pages.
-
-
7-5
Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule
3,000 Miles (5 000 km)
The servicesshown in .this scheduleup to 100,000 miles
(166 000 km) should be performed after 100,000miles
( 166 000 km) at the same intervals.
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
Footnotes
The U.S. Environmental ProtectionAgency or the
California Air Resources Board has determined that the
failure to perform this maintenance item will
not nullify
the emissionwarranty or limit recall liability prior
to the
comdetion of the vehicle’s useful life.We, however,
urge that all recommended maintenance services be
performed at the indicated intervals
and the maintenance
be recorded.
PI
L
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED
..
7-6
BY
I
Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule
6,000 Miles (10 000 km)
9,000 Miles (15 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service.
Lubricate steering ball joints (or every
6 months, whichever occurs first).
C1 Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information. During
tire rotation, check brake calipers for
freedom of movement. Refer to the
appropriate GM service manual for proper
caliper service procedures.
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED B Y
7-7
I
Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule
I
12,000 Miles (20 000 km)
lS,OOO Miles (25 000 km)
17 Change engine oil and filter (or every
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service.
0Lubricate steering balljoints (or every
6 months, whichever occurs first).
DATE
7-8
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED B Y
0Inspect air cleanerfilter if you are driving
in dusty conditions. Replacefilter if
necessary. An Emission Control Service.
ACTUAL MILEAGE
DATE SERVICED
BY:
I
I
Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule
18,000 Miles (30 000 km)
21,000 Miles (35 000 km)
0Change engineoil and filter (or every
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service.
Lubricate steeringball joints (or every
6 months, whichever occurs first).
Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information. During
tire rotation, check brake calipers for
freedom of movement. Refer to the
appropriate GM service manual for proper
caliper serviceprocedures.
1
DATE
I
ACTUAL MILEAGE
I
7
SERVICED B Y
DATE
I
I
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED B Y
7-9
I
I
Short TriplCity Maintenance Schedule
24,000 Miles (40 000 km)
27,000 Miles (45 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
0Change engine oil ana filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
3 months, .whicheveroccurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service.
i
0Lubricate steering ball joints (or every
6 months, whichever occurs first).
I
I
I
7-10
I
SERVICED BY:
L
ACTUAL MILEAGE
ACTUAL MILEAGE
L
I
I Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule I
30,000 Miles (50 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
0 Inspect fuel tank, cap and lines for damage
3 months, whichever occurs first).
or leaks. Inspect fuel cap gasket for any
damage. Replace parts as needed.
An Ernissioll Control Service.
0Lubricate steering ball joints (or every
6 months, whichever occurs first).
0Replace air cleaner filter.
An Emission C o ~ a f ~ServicP.
d
An Emission Control Service.
?
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information. During
tire rotation, check brake calipers for
freedom of movement. Refer to the
appropriate GM service manual for proper
caliper service procedures.
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED B Y
7-11
I
Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule
I
33,000 Miles (55 000 km)
36,000 Miles..(60 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service.
1
0Lubricate steering ball joints (or every
.
6 months,.whicheveroccurs first).
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED
BY:
I
7-12
I
I
Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule
39,000 Miles (65000 km)
42,000 Miles (70 000 km)
\
0Change engineoil and filter (or evefy
I7 Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service.
I7 Lubricate steering ball joints (or every
6 months, whichever occurs first).
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation’’ in theIndex for proper rotation
, pattern and additional information. During
tire rotation, check brake calipers for
freedom of movement. Refer to the
appropriate GM service manual for proper
caliper service procedures.
I
I
I
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
I
DATE
I
ACTUALMILEAGE
ISERVICEDBY:
L
7-13
1
Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule
I
45,000 Miles (75 000 km)
48,000 Miles (80 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Enzissiorz Control Service.
An Emission Control Service.
0Inspect air cleaner filter if you are driving
in dusty conditions. Replace filter if
necessary. An Emission Control Service.
1
0Lubricate steering ball joints (or every
6 months, whichever occurs first).
I
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
7-14
SERVICED B Y
ACTUAL MILEAGE
DATE SERVICED
BY
I
I
I
I
Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule
50,000 Miles (83 000 km)
51,000 Miles (85 000 km)
0Change automatic transaxle fluid and filter
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
if the vehicle is mainly driven under one or
more of these conditions:
- In heavy city traffic where the outside
temperature regularly reaches 90"F
(32°C) or higher.
- In hilly or mountainous terrain.
- When doing frequent trailer towing.
- Uses such as found in taxi, police or
delivery service.
If you do m use your vehicle under nny of tlwse
AFTEmission Control Service.
conditions, the*fluidmdfilter do not require changing.
I
DATE
I
ACTUALMILEAGE
ISERVICED BY: I
7-15
I
I
Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule
54,000 Miles (90 000 km)
17 Change engine oil and filter (or every
57,000 Miles (95 000 km)
3 months, whichever occurs first).
Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service.
0Lubricate steering ball joints (or every
6 months, whichever occurs first).
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” in theIndex for proper rotation
pattern and additional information. During
tire rotation, check brake calipers for
freedom of movement. Refer to the
appropriate GM service manual for proper
caliper service procedures.
’.
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED
BY:
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED
BY:
L
7-16
I
r
Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule
60,OQO Miles (100 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
0Replace air cleaner filter.
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service.
Inspect fuel tank, cap and lines for damage
or leaks. Inspect fuel cap gasket for any
damage. Replace parts as needed.
Lubricate steering ball joints (or every
6 months, whichever occurs first).
0Inspect engine accessory drive belt.
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service.
17 Vehicles with 3.4L Code X engine only:
Inspect camshaft timing belt.
An Emission Control Service.?
I
DATE
I
ACTUAL MILEAGE
ISERVICED
BY:
I
1
Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule
I
63,000 Miles (105 000 km)
66,000 Miles (110 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
0Change engine’:oiland filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service.
0Lubricate steering ball joints (or every
6 months, .whichever occurs first).
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection .and
Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information. During
tire rotation, check brake calipers for
freedom of movement. Refer to the
appropriate GM service manual for proper
caliper service procedures.
I
1
I
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
7-18
SERVICED BY:
L
J
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED
‘
L
BY
L
11
Short TripKity Maintenance Schedu
69,000 Miles (115 000 km)
72,000 Miles (120 (000km)
17 Change.engine oil and filter (or every
0Change engineoil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service.
Lubricate steering ball joints (or every
6 months, whichever occurs first).
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED
BY:
7-19
I
T’
3
1
I
Short TripKity MaintenanceSchedule
78,000 Miles (130 000 km)
75,000 Miles (125 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service.
0Inspect air cleaner filter if you are driving
0Lubricate steering ball joints(or every
in dusty conditions. Replace filter if
necessary. An Emission Control Service.
0Inspect camshaft timing belt.
6 months, whichever occurs first).
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” in theIndex for proper rotation
pattern and additional information. During
tire rotation, check brake calipers for
freedom of movement. Refer to the
appropriate GM service manual for proper
caliper service procedures.
An Emission Control Service.
’
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
7-20
SERVICED BY:
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED
BY:
I
Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule
81,000 Miles (135 000 km)
84,000 Miles (140 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Ernission Control Service.
An Emission Control:Service.
0Lubricate steering ball joints (or every
6 months, whichever occurs first).
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED B Y
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED B Y
7-21
I
Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedu .e
I
90,000 Miles (150 000 km)
87,000 Miles (145 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service.
17 Lubricate steering ball joints (or
every
6 months, whichever occurs first).
0Inspect camshaft timing belt.
An Emission Control Service.
0Replace air cleaner filter.
An Emission Control Service.
I
DATE ACTUAL MILEAGE SERVICED
7-22
BY
I
Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule
I
93,000 Miles (155 000 km)
CI Inspect fuel tank, cap and lines for damage
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
or leaks. Inspect fuel cap gasket for any
damage. Replace parts as needed.
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Enzission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service.
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information. During
tire rotation, check brake calipers for
freedom of movement. Refer to the
appropriate GM service manual for proper
caliper service procedures.
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
I
DATE ACTUAL MILEAGE
I
SERVICED B Y
1
7-23
I ,Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule I
96,000 Miles (160 000 km)
99,000 Miles (165 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
'
3 months, whichever occurs first).
-3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service.
0Lubricate steering ball joints (or every
6 months, whichever occurs first).
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED
7-24
BY:
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED
BY:
I
Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule
I
100,000 Miles (166 000 km)
0Drain, flush q d refill cooling system (or
every 60 months since last service,
whichever occurs first). See “Engine
Coolant’’ in the Index for what to use.
Inspect hoses. Clean radiator, condenser,
pressure cap and neck. Pressure test cooling
system and pressure cap. An Emission Control
Service. -f-
[7 Inspect spark plug wires. An Emission
Control Service.
0Replace spark plugs. An Emission
b
Control Service.
0Change automatic transaxle fluid and filter
if the vehicle is mainly driven under one or
more of these conditions:
- In heavy city traffic where the outside
temperature regularly reaches 90 O F
(32 O C) or higher.
- In hilly or mountainous terrain.
- When doing frequent trailer towing.
- Uses such as found in’taxi,police or
delivery service.
If you do notuse your vehicle under any
of these
conditions, thefluid andfilterdo not require changing.
7-25
I bong TriplHighway Maintenance Schedule
The services shown in this schedule up to 100,000 miles
(166 000 km) should be performed after 100,000 miles
(166 000 km) at the same intervals.
Footnotes
The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency or the
California Air Resources Board has determined that the
failure to performthismaintenanceitem will not nullify
the emission warranty or limitrecall liability prior to the
completion of the vehicle’s useful life. We, however,
urge that all recommended maintenanceservices be
performed atthe indicated intervalsand the maintenance
be recorded.
I
.
7,500 Miles (12.500km)
Change engine oil and filter.(or e v e v
12 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
0L!ubricate steering
joints ball
(or every
6 months, whichever occurs first).
[7 Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information. During
tire rotation, check brake calipers for
freedom of movement. Refer to the
appropriate GM service manual for proper
caliper service procedures.
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED
7-26
BY:
Long Trip/Highway Maintenancec
15,000 Miles (25 000 km)
22,500 Miles (37 500 km 1
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
12 months, whichever occurs first).
I2 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission. Control Service.
El Lubricate steering ball joints (or every
6 months, whichever occurs first).
0Lubricate steering ball joints (or every
6 months, whichever occurs first).
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information. During
tire rotation, check brake calipers for
freedom of movement. Refer to the
appropriate GM service manual for proper
caliper service procedures.
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED
BY
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED
BY
7-27
,
,
I
Long Trip/Highway Maintenance Schedule
37,500 Miles (62 500 km)
30,000 Miles (5’0
000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
12 months, whichever occurs first).
12 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service.
0Lubricate steering ball joints (or every
Ll Lubricate steering ball joints (or every
6 months, whichever occurs first).
0Replace air cleaner filter.
An Emission Control Service.
0Inspect fuel tank, cap and lines for damage
or leaks. Inspect fuel capgasket for any
damage. Replace parts as needed.
An Emission Control Service.
DATE
.
?
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED
BY:
6 months, whichever occurs first).
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation’’ in the’Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information. During
tire rotation, check brake calipers for
freedom of movement. Refer to the
appropriate GM service manual for proper
caliper service procedures.
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
.
SERVICED BY:
.,
7-28
Long Tripmighway Maintenance Schedule
45,000 Miles (75 000 km)
50,000 Miles (83 000 km)
0Change engineoil and filter (or every
0Change automatic transaxle fluid and filter
12 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
'
0Lubricate steeringball joints (or every
6 months, whichever occurs first).
if the vehicle is mainly driven under one or
more of these conditions:
- In heavy city traffic where the outside
temperature regularly reaches 90 O F
(32 C) orhigher.
- In hilly or mountainous terrain.
- When doing frequent trailer towing.
- Uses such as found in taxi, police or
delivery service.
O
If YOU do
notuse your vehicle underany of these
conditions, thefluid andfilter
do not require changing.
I
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED
BY:
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
~
SERVICED BY:
7-29
I
Long Tripmighway Maintenance Schedule
52,500 Miles (87 500 km)
60,000 Miles (100 000 k t )
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
12 months, whichever occursfirst).
12 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service.
0Lubricate steering balljoints (or every
0Lubricate steering balljoints (or every
6 months, whichever occurs first).
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information. During
tire rotation, check brake calipers for
freedom of movement. Refer to the
appropriate GM service manual for proper
caliper service procedures.
6 months, whichever occurs first).
17 Inspect engine accessory drivebelt.
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED B Y
An Emission Control Service.
0Vehicles with 3.4L Code X engine only:
Inspect camshaft timing belt.
An Emission Con.trol Service. ?
1 LongTripKIighwayMaintenanceSchedule I
67,500 Miles (112 500 km)
0Replace air cleaner filter.
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
An EmissionControl Service.
12 months, whichever occurs first).
0Inspect fuel tank, cap and lines fordamage
or leaks. Inspect fuel cap gasket for any
damage. Replace partsas needed.
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service.
Lubricate steering ball joints (or every
6 months, whichever occurs first).
Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” in theIndex for proper rotation
pattern and additional information. During
tire rotation, check brake calipers for
freedom of movement. Refer to the
appropriate GM service manual for proper
caliper serviceprocedures.
<
ACTUALMILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
7-31
Long Tripmighway Maintenance Schedule
75,OOOMiles (125 000 km)
82,500 Miles (137500 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
12 months, whichever occurs first).
12 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service.
0Lubricate steering ball joints (or every
0Lubricate steering ball joints(or every
6 months, whichever occurs first).
Inspect camshaft timing belt.
6 months, whichever occurs first).
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information. During
tire rotation, check brake calipers for
freedom of movement. Refer to the
appropriate GM service manual for proper
caliper service procedures.
An Emission Control Service.
I
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED
7-32
BY:
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED
BY:
m
Long Tripmighway Maintenance Schedule
90,000 Miles (150 000 km)
I7 Change engine oil and filter (or every
17 Replace air cleaner filter.
12 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service.
0Inspect fuel tank, cap and lines for damage
0Lubricate steering ball joints (or every
or leaks. Inspect fuel cap gasket for any
damage. Replace parts as needed.
6 months, whichever occurs first).
0Inspect camshaft timing belt.
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service.
I
I
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED B Y
Long Trip/Hi-bvay Maintenance Schedule
97,500 Miles (16- 500 km)
100,000 Miles (166 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
0Drain, flush and refill cooling system (or
12 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
17 Lubricate steering balljoints (or every
6 months, whichever occurs first).
17 Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information. During
tire rotation, check brake calipersfor
freedom of movement. Refer to the
appropriate GM service manual for proper
caliper service procedures.
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED
7-34
BY
every 60 months since last service,
whichever occurs first). See “Engine
Coolant” in the Index for what to use.
Inspect hoses. Clean radiator, condenser,
pressure cap and neck. Pressure test the
cooling system and pressurecap.
An Emission Con‘trolService.
0 Inspect spark plug wires.
An Emission Control Service.
I Long Tripmighway Maintenance Schedule I
I7 Replace spark plugs. A72 Emission
Control Service.
0Change automatic transaxle fluid and filter
if the vehicle is mainly driven under one or
more of these conditions:
- In heavy city traffic where the outside
temperature regularly reaches 90 O F
(32°C) or higher.
- In hilly or mountainous terrain.
-
-
When doing frequent trailer towing.
Uses such as found in taxi, police or
delivery service.
I f you do not use your vehicle under any of these
conditions, theflcrid and,filterdo not require changing.
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
I
SERVICED BY:
7-35
Part B: Owner Checks and Services
Engine Coolant Level Check
Listed below are owner checksand services which
should be performed at the intervals specified to help
ensure the safety, dependability and emission control
performance of your vehicle.
Check the engine coolant level and add the proper
coolant mix if necessary. See “Engine Coolant” in the
Index for further details.
Be sure any necessary repairs are completed at once.
Whenever any fluids or lubricants are added to your
vehicle, make surethey are the proper ones, as shown
in Part D.
At Each Fuel Fill
I t is important for you or a service station attendant to
per$orm these underhood checks at each
fuel fill.
Engine Oil LevelCheck
Check the engine oil level and add the proper oil
if necessary. See “Engine Oil”in the Index for
further details.
7-36
Windshield Washer Fluid Level Check
Check the windshield washer fluid level in the
windshield washer tank and add the proper fluid if
necessary. See “Windshield Washer Fluid” in the Index
for further details.
At Least Once a Month
.Tire Inflation Check
Make suretires are inflated to the correct pressures. See
“Tires” in the Index for further details.
Cassette Deck Service
Automatic Transaxle Check
Clean cassette deck. Cleaning shouldbe done every
50 hours of tape play. See “Audio Systems”in the
Index for further details.
Check the transaxle fluid level; add if needed. See
“Automatic Transaxle” in the Index. A fluid loss may
indicate a problem. Check the system and repairif needed.
At Least Twice a Year
At Least Once a Year
Restrain
Key Lock Cylinders Service
ystem Chc -1,
Make sure the sarety belt reminder light and all your
belts, buckles, latch plates, retractors and anchorages are
working properly. Look for any other loose or damaged
safety belt system parts. If you see anything that might
keep a safety belt system from doing its job, have it
repaired. Have any torn or frayed safety belts replaced.
Also look for any opened or broken air bag covers, and
have them repaired or replaced. (The air bag system
does not need regular maintenance.)
Lubricate the key lock cylinders with the lubricant
specified in Part D.
Body Lubrication Service
Lubricate all hinges and latches, includingthose for the
hood, rear compartment, glove box door, console door
and any folding seat hardware. Part D tells you what to
use. More frequent lubrication may be required when
exposed to a corrosive environment.
(BTSI) Check
Brake-Transaxle
Check
Interlock
Switch
Starter
Shift
(Automatic Transaxle)
A CAUTION:
-
’A
CAUTION:
- When you are doing this check, the vehicle could
movesuddenly.If it does,youorotherscouldbeWhenyouaredoingthischeck,thevehiclecould
injured.
Follow
the
steps
below.
move
suddenly.
does,
itIf
you
others
or could
be
below.
steps
the
Follow
injured.
:
1. Before you start, be sure you have enough room
around the vehicle.
2. Firmly apply both the parking brake (see “Parking
Brake” in the Index if necessary) and the
regular brake.
NOTE: Do not use the accelerator pedal, and be
ready to turn off the engine immediately if it starts.
3. Try to start the engine in each gear. The starter
should work only in PARK (P) or NEUTRAL (N). If
the starter works in any other position, your vehicle
needs service.
7-38
1. Before you start, be sure you have enough room
around the vehicle. It should be parked on a
level surface.
2. Firmly apply the parking brake (see “Parking Brake”
in the Index if necessary).
NOTE: Be ready to apply the regular brake
immediately if the vehicle begins to move.
3. With the eilgine off, turn the key to the RUN
position, but don’t start the engine. Without applying
the regular brake, try to move the shift lever out
of PARK (P) with normal effort. If the shift lever
moves out of PARK (P), your vehicle’s BTSI
needs service.
Steering Column Lock Check
While parked, and with the parking brake set, try to turn
the key to LOCK in each shift lever position.
The key should turn to LOCK only when the shift
lever is in PARK (P).
The key should come out only in LOCK.
Parking Brake and Automatic Transaxle
PARK (P)
Mechanism Check
CAUTION:
When you are doing this check, your
vehicle
could begin to move.You or others could be
injured and property could be damaged. Make
sure thereis room in frontof your vehicle in case
it begins to roll. Be ready to apply the regular
brake atonce should thevehicle begin to move.
Park on a fairly steep hill, with the vehicle facing
downhill. Keeping your foot on the regular brake, set the
parking brake.
To check the parking brake: With the engine running
and transaxle in NEUTRAL (N), slowly remove foot
pressure from the regular brake pedal. Do this until
the vehicle is held by the parking brake only.
To check the PARK (P) mechanism’s holding ability:
With the engine running, shift to PARK (P). Then
release all brakes.
Underbody Flushing Service
At least every spring, use plain water to flush any
corrosive materials from the underbody. Take care to
clean thoroughly any areas where mud and other debris
can collect.
Part C: Periodic Maintenance
Inspections
Listed below are inspections and services which shouldbe
performed at least twicea year (for instance, each spring
and fall). You should let your GM dealer’s service
department or other qualified service center do these
jobs.
Make sure any necessary repairs are completed at once.
Proper procedures to perform these services may be
found in a Chevrolet service manual. See “Service and
Owner Publications” in the Index.
holes, loose connections, or other conditions which
could cause a heat build-up in the floor pan or could let
exhaust fumes into the vehicle. See “Engine Exhaust’’ in
the Index.
Radiator and HeaterHose Inspection
Inspect the hoses and have them replaced if they are
cracked, swollen or deteriorated.Inspect all pipes,
fittings and clamps; replace as needed.
Throttle Linkage Inspection
Inspect the throttle linkage for interference or binding,
Steering, Suspension and Front-Wheel-Drive and for damageor missing parts. Replace parts as
needed. Replace any cables that have high effort or
Axle Boot and Seal Inspection
excessive wear. Do not lubricate accelerator and cruise
Inspect the front and rear suspension and steering
control cables.
system for damaged, loose ormissing parts, signs of
wear, or lack of lubrication. Inspect the power steering
Brake System Inspection
lines and hoses for proper hookup, binding, leaks,
Inspect the complete system. Inspect brake lines and
cracks, chafing, etc. Clean and then inspect the drive
hoses for proper hookup, binding, leaks, cracks, chafing,
axle boot seals fordamage, tears or leakage. Replace
etc. Inspect disc brake pads for wear and rotors for
seals if necessary.
surface condition. Also inspect drum brake linings for
wear and cracks. Inspect other brake parts, including
Exhaust System Inspection
drums, wheel cylinders, calipers, parking brake, etc.
Inspect the complete exhaust system.Inspect the body
Check parking brake adjustment. You may need to have
near the exhaust system. Look for broken, damaged,
your
brakes inspected more often if your driving habits
missing or out-of-position parts as well as open seams,
or conditions result in frequent braking.
1
Part D: RecommendedFluidsand
Lubricants
NOTE: Fluids and lubricants identified belowby name,
part number or‘specification may be obtained from your
GM dealer.
USAGE
Engine Oil
Engine Coolant
FLUIDLUBRICANT
Engine oil with the American
Petroleum Institute Certified For
Gasoline Engines “Starburst”
symbol of the properviscosity. To
determine the preferred viscosity
for yourvehicle’s engine, see
“Engine Oil” in the
Index.
USAGE
Coolant
Supplement
Sealer
FLUIDLUBRICANT
GM Part No. 3634621 or
equivalent with a complete
flush and refill.
Hydraulic Brake Delco Supreme11’ Brake Fluid
(GM Part No. 1052535 or
System
equivalent DOT-3 brake fluid).
Power Steering
System
GM Power Steering Fluid
(GM Part No. 1052884 - 1 pint,
1050017 - 1 quart, or equivalent).
Automatic
Transaxle
DEXR0N’-111 Automatic
Transmission Fluid.
5050 mixture of water (preferably
distilled) and GM [email protected]
DEX-COOL or Havoline’
DEX-COOL (orange-colored,
silicate-free) antifreeze conforming
to GM Specification 6277M. See
“Engine Coolant” in the Index.
TM
TM
\
7-41
I
USAGE
Chassis
Lubrication
FLUIDLUBRICANT
Chassis lubricant (GM Part
No. 1052497 or equivalent) or
lubricant meeting requirements
of NLGI Grade 2, Category LB or
GC-LB.
Windshield
Washer Solvent
GM [email protected] Solvent
(GM Part No. 1051515) or
equivalent.
Hood Latch
Assembly Pivots,
Spring Anchor
and Release
Pawl
Lubriplate lubricant aerosol
(GM Part No. 12346293 or
equivalent) or lubricant meeting
requirements of NLGI Grade 2,
Category LB or GC-LB.
7-42
I
USAGE
I
Multi-pur ose lubricant,
Superlube (GM Part
No. 12346241 or equivalent).
Hood and Door
Hinges
Fuel Door Hinge
Weatherstrip
Conditioning
FLUIDLUBRICANT
k
I
Engine oil or Lubriplate Lubricant
(GM Part No. 1050109).
Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM
Part No. 12345579 or equivalent).
See “Replacement Parts” in the Index for recommended
replacement filters and spark plugs.
1
Part E: Maintenance Record
After the scheduled services are performed,record the
date, odometer reading andwho performed the service
in the boxes provided after the maintenance interval.
Any additional information from “Owner Checksand
Services” or “PeriodicMaintenance” can be added on
the following record pages. Also, you should retain all
maintenance receipts. Your owner information portfolio
is a convenient place to store them.
Maintenance Record
DATE
ODOMETER
READING
SERVICED BY
MAINTENANCE PERFORMED
7-43
Maintenance Record
7-44
Maintenance Record
Maintenance Record
DATE
7-46
ODOMETER
READING
BY
MAINTENANCE PERFORMED SERVICED
e Section 8
Customer Assistance Information
Here you will find out how to contact Chevrolet if you
need assistance. This section also tells you how to obtain
service publications and how to report any safety defects.
Customer Satisfaction Procedure
This section includes information on:
0
The Customer Satisfaction Procedure
Customer Assistance for Text Telephone (TTY)
Users
0
RoadsideAssistance
0
Courtesy Transportation
0
BBB Auto Line - Alternative Dispute
Resolution Program
Reporting Safety Defects
0
Service and Owner Publications
Your satisfaction and goodwill are important to your
dealer and Chevrolet. Normally, any concern you may
s-1
have with your vehicle can be handled by your selling or
servicing dealer. Your dealer has the facility, trained
technicians, special tools and up-to-date information to
promptly address any issuewhich may arise. Chevrolet
has empowered its dealers to make decisionsand repair
vehicles, and they are eager to resolve your concern to
your complete satisfaction. If your concern has not been
resolved to your satisfaction, take the following steps:
For help outside of the United States and Canada, call
the following numbers as appropriate:
0
In the U.S. Virgin Islands: 1-800-496-9994
STEP ONE -- Discuss your concern with a member of
dealership management. Normally, concerns can be
quickly resolved at that level. If the matter has already
been reviewed with the Sales, Service,or Parts Manager,
contact the owner of the dealership or the General
Manager.
STEP TWO -- If after contacting a member of
dealership management, it appears your concern cannot
be resolved by the dealership without further help,
contact the Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center by
calling 1-800-222-1020. In Canada, contact GM of
Canada Customer Assistance Center in Oshawa by
calling 1-800-263-3777 (English) or 1-800-263-7854
(French).
0
In the Dominican Republic: 1-800-75 1-4 135
(English) or 1-800-75 1-4 136 (Spanish)
0
In the Bahamas: 1-800-389-0009
0
In Bermuda, Barbados, Antigua and the British
Virgin Islands: 1-800-534-0 122
0
In all other Caribbean countries: 1-809-763-13 15
0
In other overseas locations, call GM North American
Export Sales in Canada at: 1-905-644-41 12
8-2
1
In Mexico: (525) 625-3256
In Puerto Rico: 1-800-496-9992 (English) or
1-800-496-9993 (Spanish)
For prompt assistance, please have the following
information available to give the Customer
Assistance Representative:
0
Your name, address, home and business
telephone numbers
0
Vehicle Identification Number (This is available
from the vehicle registrationor title, or the plate at
the top left of the instrument panel and visible
through the windshield.)
Dealership name and location
Vehicle delivery date and present mileage
0
Nature of concern
We encourage you to call us so we can give your inquiry
prompt attention. However, if you wish to write
Chevrolet, write to:
Chevrolet Motor Division
Chevrolet CustomerAssistance Center
P.O. Box 7047
Troy, MI 48007-7047
Refer to your Warranty and Owner Assistance
Information booklet for addresses of Canadian and
GM Overseas offices.
When contacting Chevrolet,please remember that your
concern will likely be resolved by the dealer, using the
dealer’s facilities, equipmentand personnel. That is
why we suggest you follow Step One firstif you have
a concern.
Customer Assistance forText
Telephone (TTY) Users
To assist customers who are deaf, hard of hearing, or
speech-impaired and who use Text Telephones (TTYs),
Chevrolet has TTY equipment availableat its Customer
Assistance Center. Any TTY user can communicate with
Chevrolet by dialing: 1-800-833-CHEV. (TTY users in
Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830.)
~~
~~~
Chevrolet Roadside Assistance Program
~
~~
~~
Roadside Assistance is available 24 hours a day,
365 days a year, by calling 1-800-CHEV-USA
(1-800-243-8872). This toll-free number will provide
you over-the-phone roadside assistance with minor
mechanical problems. If your problem cannot be
resolved over the phone, our advisors have access to a
nationwide network of dealer recommended service
providers. Roadside memliership is free, however some
services may incur costs.
Roadside offers two levels of service to the customer, .
Basic Care and Courtesy" Care:
To enhance Chevrolet's strong commitment to customer
satisfaction, Chevrolet is excited toannounce the
establishment of the Chevrolet/Geo Roadside Assistance
Center. As the owner of a 1996 Chevrolet/Geo,
membership in RoadsideAssistance is free.
I
8-4
'
\
0
Toll-free number, 1-800-CHEV-USA
0
Free towing for warranty repairs
0
Basic over-the-phone technical advice
0
Available dealer services at reasonable costs (ie.,
wrecker services, locksmith/key service, glass
repair, etc.)
ROADSIDE Courtesy
Care PROVIDES:
0
Roadside Basic Care services (as outlined above)
Plus:
0
FREE Non-Warranty Towing (to the closest dealer
from a legal roadway)
0
FREE Locksmith/Key Service (when keys are lost
on the road or locked inside)
For complete program details, see your Chevrolet/Geo
dealer to obtain a Roadside Assistance Center brochure.
0
FREE Flat Tire Service (spare installed on the road)
The Roadside Assistance Center uses companies that
will provide you with quality and priority service. When
roadside services are required, our advisors will explain
any payment obligations that may be incurred for
utilizing outside services.
FREE Jump Start (at home or on the road)
FREE Fuel Delivery ($5 of fuel delivered on
the road)
Chevrolet/Geo offers Courtesy Transportation
for customers needing warranty service. Courtesy
Transportation will be offered in conjunction with the
coverage provided by the BUMPER-TO-BUMPER
New Vehicle Limited Warranty to eligible purchasers of
1996 ChevroletlGeo passenger carand light duty trucks.
(Please see your selling dealer fordetails.)
Note: Courtesy Care is available to Retail and Retail Lease
Customers operating 1996 and newer Chevrolet/Geo
vehicles for a period of 36 months/36,000 miles,
whichever occurs first. All Courtesy Care services must
be pre-arranged by Chevrolet Roadside or Dealer
Service Management.
Basic Cclre and Courtesy Care are not part of or
included in the coverage provided by the New Vehicle
Limited Warranty. Chevrolet reserves the right to
modify or discontinue Basic C u e and Courtesy Care
at any time.
For prompt assistance when calling, please have the
following available to give to the advisor:
Vehicle Identification Number
0
License plate number
0
Vehicle color
0
Vehicle location
0
Telephone number where you can be reached
Vehicle mileage
Description of problem
Please refer to the Roadside Assistance brochure inside
your owner information portfolio for full program details.
c -nadian Roaa; le
mce
Vehicles purchased in Canada have an extensive
Roadside Assistance program accessible from anywhere
in Canada or the United States. Pleaserefer to the
separate brochure provided by the dealer or call
1-800-268-6800 for emergency services.
-tesy Transportati
Chevrolet/Geo offers Courtesy Transportation for
customers needing warranty service. Courtesy
Transportation will be offered in conjunction with the
coverage provided by the BUMPER-TO-BUMPER
New Vehicle Limited Warranty to retail purchasers of
1996 ChevroletIGeo passenger cars and light duty trucks
(please see your selling dealer fordetails).
Courtesy Transportation includes:
0 One way shuttle ride for any warranty repair
completed during the same day.
0
Up to $30 maximum daily vehicle rental allowance
for any overnight warranty repair up to 5 days, OR
Up to $30 maximum daily cab, bus, or other
transportation allowance in lieu of rental for any
overnight warranty repair up to 5 days, OR
8-6
Up to $10 daily fuel allowance for rides providedby
another person (i.e., friend, neighbor, etc.) in lieu of
rental for any overnight warranty repair up to5 days.
Note: All Courtesy Transportation arrangements
will be administered by your Chevrolet/Geo dealer
service management. Claim amounts should reflect
all actual costs.
0 Chevrolet/Geo Courtesy Transportation is not part of
the BUMPER-TO-BUMPER New Vehicle Limited
Warranty. Chevrolet/Geo reserves the right to make
any changes or discontinue Courtesy Transportation
at any time without notification.
0 For additional program details, contact your
Chevrolet/Geo dealer.
In Canada, please consult your GM dealer for
information on Courtesy Transportation.
0
Some state insurance regulations make it impractical to
rent vehicles to people under 2 1 years of age. If you are
under 21 and have difficulty renting a vehicle, Chevrolet
will reimburse up to $30/day for documented
transportation you receive.
ror warranty repairs during the Complete Vehicle
Coverage period in the New Vehicle Limited Warranty,
interim transportation may be available under the
Courtesy Transportation Program. Please consult your
dealer for details. The Roadside Assistance
program is
available only in the United States and Canada.
There may be instances where an impartial third party
can assist in arriving at a solution to a disagreement
regarding vehicle repairs or interpretation of the New
Vehicle Limited Warranty. To assist in resolving these
disagreements, Chevroletvoluntarily participates in
BBB AUTO LINE.
GM Participation in BBB AUTO
LINE - Alternative Dispute
Resolution Program*
BBB AUTO LINE is an out-of-court program
administered by the Better Business Bureau system to
settle disputesbetween customers and automobile
manufacturers. This program is available free of charge
to customers who currently own or lease a GM vehicle.
‘$This program may not be available in all states,
depending on state law. Canadian owners refer to your
Warranty and Owner Assistance Information booklet.
General Motors reserves the right to change eligibility
limitations andor to discontinue its participationin
this program.
Both Chevrolet and your Chevrolet dealer are committed
to making sure you are completely satisfied with yournew
vehicle. Our experience has shown that, if a situation
arises where you feel your concern has not been
adequately addressed, the Customer Satisfaction Procedure
described earlier in this section is very successful.
If you are not satisfied after following the Customer
Satisfaction Procedure, you may contact the BBB using
the toll-free telephone number, or write them at the
following address:
BBB AUTO LINE
Council of Better Business Bureaus
4200 Wilson Boulevard
Suite 800
Arlington, VA 22203
Telephone: 1-800-955-5 100
8-7
To file a claim, you will be asked to provide your name
and address, your Vehicle Identification Number (VIN),
and a statement of the nature of your complaint.
Eligibility is limited by vehicle age and mileage, and
other factors.
We prefer you utilize the Customer Satisfaction
Procedure before you resort to AUTO LINE, but you
may contact the BBB at any time. The BBB will attempt
to resolve the complaint servingas an intermediary
between you and Chevrolet. If this mediation is
unsuccessful, an informal hearingwill be scheduled
where eligible customersmay present their case to an
impartial third-party arbitrator.
The arbitrator will make a decision which you may
accept or reject. If you accept the decision, GM will be
bound by that decision. The entiredispute resolution
procedure should ordinarily take about 40 days from the
time you file a claim until a decision is made.
Some statelaws may require you to use this program
before filing a claim with a state-run arbitration program
or in the courts. For further information,
contact the
BBB at 1-800-955-5 100 or the Chevrolet Customer
Assistance Center at 1-800-222- 1020.
8-8
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
TO THE UNITED STATES
GOVERNMENT
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could
cause a crash or could causeinjury or death, you should
immediately inform the National Highway Traffic
Safety Administration (NHTSA), in addition to
notifying General Motors.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an
investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in
a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy
campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved
in individual problems between you, your dealer, or
General Motors.
To contact NHTSA, you may either call the Auto Safety
Hotline toll-free at 1-800-424-9393 (or 366-0123 in the
Washington, D.C. area) or write to:
NHTSA, U.S. Department of Transportation
Washington, D.C. 20590
You can also obtain other information about motor
vehicle safety from the Hotline.
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS TO
THE CANADIAN GOVERNMENT
Service and Owner Publications
If you live in Canada, and you believe that your vehicle
has a safety defect, you should immediately notify
Transport Canada, in addition to notifying General
Motors of Canada Limited. You may write to:
Transport Canada
Box 8880
Ottawa, Ontario K 1 G 352
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
TO GENERAL MOTORS
In addition to notifying NHTSA (or Transport Canada)
in a situation like this, we certainly hope you’ll notify
us. Please call us at 1-800-222- 1020 or write:
Chevrolet Motor Division
Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center
P.O. Box 7047
Troy, Michigan 48007-7047
In Canada, please call us at 1-800-263-3777 (English)
or 1-800-263-7854 (French). Or, write:
General Motors of Canada Limited
Customer Assistance Center
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, OntarioL 1 H 8P7
Service manuals, service bulletins, owner’s manuals and
other service literature are available forpurchase for all
current and many past model General Motors vehicles.
Toll-free telephone numbers for ordering information:
United States . . . . . . . 1-800-55 1-4 I23
Canada . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-800-668-5539
8-9
Service Manuals
Service manuals contain diagnostic and repair
information for all chassis and body systems. They
may be useful for owners who wish to get a greater
understanding of their vehicle. They are also useful for
owners with the appropriate skill level or training who
wish to perform “do-it-yourself’ service. These are
authentic General Motors service manuals meant for
professional, qualified technicians.
Service Bulletins
Service bulletins covering various subjects are regularly
sent to all General Motors dealerships. GM monitors
product performance in the field. When service methods
are found which promote better service on GM vehicles,
bulletins are created to help the technician perform
better service. Servicebulletins may involve any
number of vehicles. Some will describe inexpensive
service; others will describe expensive service. Some
will advise of new or unexpected conditions, and others
may help avoid future costly repairs. Service bulletins
are meant for qualified technicians. In some cases
bulletins refer to service manuals, specialized tools,
equipment and safety procedures necessary to service
the vehicle. Since these bulletins are issued throughout
the model year and beyond, an index is required and
published quarterly to help identify specific bulletins.
Subscriptions areavailable. You can order an index at
the toll-free numbers listed previously, or ask a GM
dealer to see an index or individual bulletin.
Owner Publications
Owner’s manuals, warranty folders and various owner
assistance booklets provide owners with general
operation and maintenance information.
0Section 9
Index
1-17
A i r Bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-2 1
How Does it Restrain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
How it Works . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-19
1-19
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1 .18. 2-43
1-22
Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
What Makes it Inflate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-20
What Wi11 You See After it Inflates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 1
When Should it Inflate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-20
Air Bag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.I7
Aircleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15
3-3
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Air Conditioning Refrigerants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-63
6-42
Alignment and Balance. Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-49
Aluminum Wheels. Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Antenna. Fixed Mast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-22
Antifreeze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-I9
Anti-Lock
Brake System Active Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.46. 4-8
Brake System Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.6
. . . 2.45.
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-6
Anti.Theft. Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- I8
Appearance Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-44
Appearance Care Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-5 1
Arbitration Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-7
2-34
Armrest. Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-36
Ashtrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Audio Controls. Steering Wheel Touch Control . . . . . . . 3-20
3-21
Audio Equipment. Adding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Audio Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-5
Auto-Down Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23
Automatic
2-15
Overdrive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-37
Transaxle Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-16
Transaxle Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transaxle Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-13
Transaxle Park Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
B a c k - u p Lamp Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-35
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-28
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-2
Replacement. Remote Lock Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-32
Warnings . .5.4
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.2.
8-7
BBB Auto Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Better Business Bureau Mediation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
9-1
Brake
6-28
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-25
Master Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-16
PedalTravel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28
6-28
Replacing System Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-44
System Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-32
Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transaxle Shift Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-20
Transaxle Shift Interlock Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
Wear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27
Brakes. Anti-Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Braking in Emergencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-8
2-9
Break-In. NewVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-3 I
Brightness Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTSI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-20
7- 38
BTSICheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-29
8-6
Canadian Roadside Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-6 1
Capacities and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Carbon Monoxide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-2 1.4-25. 4-3 1
Cassette Deck Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-37
Cassette Tape Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-7. 3- 10
Cassette Tape Player Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-2 1
CD Player Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 18
Center High-Mounted Stoplamp Bulb Replacement . . . . 6-33
1-23
Center Passenger Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Certification Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27
Chains. Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-31
Chains. Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-43
Changing a Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-22
Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-43
Checking Your Restraint Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-44
6-50
Chemical Paint Spotting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-32
Child Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Securing in a Rear Outside Seat Position . . . . . . . . . . . 1-34
Securing in the Center Rear Seat Position . . . . . . . . . . 1-36
Securing in the Right Front Seat Position . . . . . . . . . . 1-38
1-33
TopStrap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-32
Cigarette Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-36
Circuit Breakers and Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-53
6-15
Cleaner, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-44
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Aluminum Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-49
6-45
Fabric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fabric Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-45
Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-47
Inside ofYour Chevrolet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-44
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-47
Leather . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-47
Outside of Your Chevrolet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48
Special Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46
6-45
Stains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-50
Vinyl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-46
Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-49
Windshield and Wiper Blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48
Climate Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
3-5
Clock, Setting the . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Comfort Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-1
Compact Disc Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
Compact Disc Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-14
Compact Disc Player Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-16
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-33
Console Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
2-35
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Convex Outside Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19
Bleedvalves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-19
Heater. Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 12
5-16
Recovery Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- I4
2-3 1
Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Courtesy Transportation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
2-27
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-34
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Customer Assistance for Text Telephone Users . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Customer Assistance Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- I
Customer Satisfaction Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8- 1
Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-1
4-2
Drunken . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freeway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
In a Blizzard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24
6-3
In Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
In the Rain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-15
4-13
Night . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-8
OnCurves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
On Grades While Towing a Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
4-21
On Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
On Snow and Ice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-23
Through Water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
4-15
WetRoads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
4-32
With a Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-2
Drunken Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Damage. Finish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-50
6-50
Damage. Sheet Metal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-30
Daytime Running Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-2
Dead Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-8
Defects. Reporting Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4- 1
Defogger. Rear Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Defogging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
3-4
Defrosting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-63
Dimensions. Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dolby' B Noise Reduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13. 3- 17
Storage Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35
DoorLocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Drive Position. Automatic Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 15
Driver Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1- 1 1
Driving
4-17
City . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electrical Equipment. Adding . . . . . . . . . . 2- I I . 3-2 1. 6-52
Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-52
Electronic Climate Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
6-7. 6-8
Engine
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19
Coolant Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Coolant Level Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36
Coolant Temperature Gage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-47
2-46
Coolant Temperature Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
6-52
Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OilLevelCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-36
5-12
Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Running While Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-22
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-62
Starting Your . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-11
Engineoil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Whentochange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ethanol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exhaust.Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-9
6-10
6-13
6-10
6-14
6-14
6-3
2-21
Fabric Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-45
6-45
Fabric Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fan Knob. Climate Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
6-4
FillingYourTank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6- 15
Filter. Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Filter. Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6- 14
Finish Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-49
Finish Damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-50
First Gear. Automatic Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 16
Flashers. Hazard Wxning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5- 1
FlatTire. Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-22
Fluids and Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-4 I
Foreign Countries. Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Four-WayManualFront Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2..
11
French Language Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Parking Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30
Front Sidemarker Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32
FrontTowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-9
Front Turn Signal Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-2
6-3
Canadian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Filling Your Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Gage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-52
In Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
FusesandCircuitBreakers
.......................
Gages
Engine Coolant Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-47
2-52'
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GAWR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27
Gear Positions. Automatic Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
GloveBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-34
4-27
Gross Axle Weight Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27..
Guide en Franpis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1
GVWR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27
6-29
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-1
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HeadRestraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-5
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-30
BulbReplacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-29
HighLow Beam Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-25
2-30
On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-53
Hearing Impaired. Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
High-Beam Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-25
Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-21
Hitches. Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31
Hood
Checking Things Under . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-6
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23
Hydroplaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16
9-4
~~
.
..
6-53
-
Ignition Switch ................................
2-10
Illumination. Sustained Interior ....................
2-32
6-37
Inflation. Tire ..................................
Inside Daymight Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33
Inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Seatback
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
7-40
Brakesystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-40
ExhaustSystems .............................
Front-Wheel-Drive Axle Boot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
7-40
Front-Wheel-Drive Axle Seal ....................
Radiator and Heater Hose ......................
7-40
7-40
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-40
7-40
Throttle Linkage ..............................
2-38
InstrumentPanel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-31
Brightness Control .............................
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-47
2-40
Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-53
1
Interior
.................................
mps
JJump
ack. Tire
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
...................................
K e y Lock Cylinders Service .....................
Key Reminder Warning ..........................
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-37
2- 10
2-1
L a b e l s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26
Certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service Parts Identification .....................
6-52
Tire-Loading Information ......................
4-26
Vehicle Identification Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-52
Lamps ........................................
2-30
Courtesy ....................................
2-31
Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-31
2-30
OnReminder ................................
Latches,
1-5
................................
2-3
Leaving Your Vehicle .............................
Leaving Your Vehicle with the Engine Running . . . . . . . 2-19
Lighter .......................................
2-36
Lights
1-18, 2-43
Air Bag Readiness .......................
Anti-Lock Brake System Active . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46, 4-8
Anti-Lock Brake System Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45, 4-6
Brake System Warning . . . . . . . . . . . 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44
ChargingSystem .............................
2-43
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
2-46
Engine
Coolant
Temperature
........................
2-31
~lnterior . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-47
Low Coolant Warning . ........................
2-51
Low Oil Level Warning ........................
2-50
Oil Warning . . . . . . . . . ........................
1-7, 2-42
Safety Belt Reminder . . ....................
2-52
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . ........................
........................
2-48
Service Engine Soon . .
........................
4-26
Loading
Your Vehicle . . .
. .
Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-3
...................................
7-37
Cylinders
..................... 2-3
Door ....................
Key Lock Cylinder Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 .
2-3
Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . ......................
Steering Column Lock Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
2-6
Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .....................
....................
2-47
Low
Coolaat
Warning
Light
.
.
4-27
2-51
Low Oil Level Warning Light . .....................
....................
7-41
Lubricants and Fluids . . . . . . . .
....................
7-37
Lubrication Service. Body . . . .
9-5
1
..
Maintenance. Normal Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . 6-63
7-43
Maintenance Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-1
Long TripIHighway Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
Long Trip/Highway Intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.5. 7-26
7-36
Owner Checks and Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Periodic Maintenance Inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 I
Scheduled Maintenance Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
7-4
Short Trip/City Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-4. 7-6
Short Trip/City Intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance. Underbody . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-50
Maintenance When Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34
2-48
Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manual Front Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1- 1
Methanol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-3
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33
Convex Outside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-34
2-33
Inside Day/Night Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Remote Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-33
VisorVanity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37
MMT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-3
Mode Knob. Climate Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2
MountainRoads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
Multifunction Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
N e t . Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-35
2- I4
Neutral. Automatic Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NewVehicle “Break-In” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Nightvision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-14
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Odometer. Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-4 1
2-41
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4- I O
Oil. Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-9
2-50
OilWarning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overdrive. Automatic Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Overheating Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-12
Owner Checks and Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-36
8-10
Owner Publications. Ordering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
P a i n t Spotting. Chemical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-50
Park
Automatic Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
2-17
Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-20
Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parking
2-7
AtNight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-16
Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brake Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
Lots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
4-34
With a Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-23
Passenger Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Passing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
PASS-Key 8 I1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-8
Periodic Maintenance Inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
Power
2-3
DoorLocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Option Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-53
2-33
Remote Control Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-3
Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-8
6-23
Steering Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23
Pregnancy. Use of Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Problems on the Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Publications. Service and Owner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-23
5- 1
8-9
Radiator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 1 8
Radiator Pressure Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23
3-20
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-5
Radios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rain. Driving In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4- 15
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
Rear
1-25
Outside Seat Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-28
Safety Belt Comfort Guides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-25
Seatpassengers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-5
Split Folding Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Window Defogger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-4
Rear Sidemarker Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32
Rearview Mirror. Inside Daymight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33
1-3
Reclining Front Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5- 16
Recovery Tank. Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Refrigerants. Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-63
Remote
Lock Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-4
Trunk Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Replacement
6-60
Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-63
Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-42
1-44
Replacing Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Restraints
Care of Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-47
Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-44
Child . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-32
1-5
Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing Parts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-44
Systemcheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37
2-14
Reverse. Automatic Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-23
Right Front Passenger Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Roadside Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-4
Roadside Assistance. Canadian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Rocking YourVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34
6-38
Rotation. Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-44
Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-6
Adults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I .1 1
Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-47
Center Passenger Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-23
Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-30
Driver Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1 .1 1
Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-44
How to Wear Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.1 1
Incorrect Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1 .13. 1.42. 1-43
1-24
LapBelt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lap-Shoulder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1 .1 I . 1-25
1-41
Larger Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Questions and Answers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1 .10
Rear Comfort Guides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-28
Rear Seat Outside Passenger Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25
1-25
Rear Seat Passengers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.7. 2.42
Reminder Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing After a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-44
Right Front Passenger Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23
Smaller Children and Babies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-30
Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-23
1-7
Why They Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-7
Safety Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-3 I
Safety Defects. Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-8
vi
Safety Warnings and Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Scheduled Maintenance Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-3
1-5
SeatbackLatches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seatback. Reclining Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-3
Seats
1-2
ManualFour-Way Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-1
ManualFront . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-3
Restraint Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1- 1
Seat Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I-1
Securing a Child Restraint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-32
1-5
Split Folding Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Second Gear. Automatic Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 15
Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-52
Security System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
6-1
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bulletins. Ordering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8- 10
EngineSoonLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48
Manuals. Ordering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8- 10
Parts Identification Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-52
8-9
Publications. Ordering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-1
Work. Doing Your Own . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service and Appearance Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6- 1
Service and Owner Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-9
Service Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-9
Servicing Your Air Bag-Equipped Chevrolet . . . . . . . . . 1-22
6-50
Sheet Metal Damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ShiftLever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Shifting
2- 13
Automatic Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-17
Into Park (P) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OutofPark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-20
9-8
Signaling Turns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-25
Skidding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-12
3-21
Sound Equipment. Adding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Spare Tire. Compact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33
6-61
Specifications and Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-62
Specifications. Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speech Impaired. Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41
6-45
Stains. Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-38
Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-11
Starting Your Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-12
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-8
Column Lock Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
4-9
In Emergencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Wheel. Tilt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
3-20
Steering Wheel Touch Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-34
6-29
Storage. Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stuck: In Sand. Mud. Ice or Snow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34
2-37
Sunvisors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-37
...
Symbols. Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v111
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41
6-34
Taillamp Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-21
TapePlayerCare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Temperature Control. Climate Control System . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Theft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-7
Theft-Deterrent Feature. CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
THEFTLOCK” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-18
Thermostat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tilt Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Time. Setting the . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TireLoading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tire-Loading Information Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alignment and Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BuyingNew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Changing a Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Compact Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inflation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inflation Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inspection and Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Storing the Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Storing the Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Traction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Treadwear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Uniform Quality Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wear Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
When It’s Time for New . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TopStrap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TorqueLock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Torque, Wheel Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TowingaTrailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Towing YourVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-23
2-24
3-5
6-43
4-26
4-26
6-36
6-42
6-40
6-43
5-22
6-50
5-33
6-37
7-36
6-38
4-26
6-37
5-30
5-32
6-4 I
6-41
6-41
6-40
6-39
6-42
6-39
1-33
2-20
5-29
4-28
5-7
Trailer
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32
Driving onGrades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
4-32
Driving with . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-31
Hitches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-34
Maintenance When Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-34
Parking on Hills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-31
Safety Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tongueweight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30
Total Weight on Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
TurnSignals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
4-30
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-16
Transaxle Fluid. Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transmitters. Remote Lock Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
8-6
Transportation. Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41
Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Release. Remote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
TTYUsers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-3
Turn Signal and Lane Change Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25
Turn Signal/Multifunction Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
Underbody Flushin,o Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-39
Underbody Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-50
Underhood Electrical Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-56. 6-58
9-9
..
Vehicle
Control ......................................
4-5..
Damage Warnings ..............; . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii
Dimensions .................................
6-63
Identification Number .........................
6-52
Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-29
Ventilation System ...............................
3-3
Visor Vanity Mirrors ............................
2-37
Visors, Sun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-37
5-2
w a r n i n g Devices ...............................
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Warning Lights.
Gages
and Indicators
2-42
Washer Fluid, Windshield ........................
6-24
; . . . . . 6-48
Washing Your Vehicle .....................
Weatherstrips ..................................
6-48
..
I
9-10
Wheel
.................................. 6-42
Nut Torque ...................................
5-29
Replacement ..................................
6-42
Wrench ......................................
5-24
Windows ............................
:: . . . . . . . 2-23 .
Auto-Down .................................
2-23
...............
Pnwer
........................................
2-23
Windshield Washer ..............................
2-26
Fluid ..................................
2-26, 6-24
Fluid Level Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-36
Windshield Wiper ..............................
2-26
R l a .d Renlwkment
~
...........................
6-36
...=".......... . . . . . . . .
Fuses .............................. 1 . . . . . . . . 6-53'
Winter Driving . . . . . . . .,..........................
4-22
Wiring, Headlamp ................................
6-53
Wrecker Towing ........................
; .......... 5-7
Wrench, Wheel .......,. . . . . . . . . . . . . .: . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
Alignment
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
u
. .
~
Y1UU
~
~

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project